HP SureStore 4115w User Manual
H P S ure Sto re DL T T ape L ibr ar y User â s G uide Model s 41 1 5w/4215 w , 71 15w/ 721 5w Part Number C5173-90000 Edit i on 4 September 1998 Pr inted in Un ited S tates © Copyrigh t 1998 Hew lett-P ackar d Company
ii Notice s This doc ument conta ins inf orm ation tha t is prot ecte d by copyr ight . All right s are res erve d. No part of this documen t m ay be phot ocopied, re produced , or tra nslate d into a nother la nguage wit hout the pri or writ ten cons en t of Hewle tt-P ac kard Co mpa ny . The in format ion co ntaine d in this docum en t is subjec t to chan ge without no tice. Hewle tt- Packard m akes no wa rranty of a ny ki nd with re gar d to this printe d mat erial , i ncludi ng, but not li m ite d to, t he impli ed wa rrantie s of merc hanta bilit y and fitnes s for a partic ular purpose . Hewlett - Pac ka rd shall not be liab le for errors contai ned here in or for incide ntal or cons equ entia l damage s in conn ectio n with t he furni shing, perform a nce, or use of this materi al . Se e Appen dix B for im portant sa fet y and regulato ry infor mation. Pri nting H i stor y New e ditions of thi s manu al incor porate all mat erial up dated sinc e th e previous edit ion . The manua l printing date and pa rt num ber indic at e the current edit ion. The pr int ing dat e ch anges whe n a ne w e dit ion i s printe d. (Min or corre ctions and upda tes inco rporate d at reprint do n ot cause this date t o change.) Se pte mber , 1997 Editi on 1 Nov ember , 1997 Editi on 2 Februa ry , 1998 Editi on 3 ( T apeAlert and T apeAssure adde d) Se pte mber 1998 Editi on 4 (Enha nc ements adde d)
ii i In T h is Bo ok This bo ok is a guide fo r setting up and opera ting your t ape l ibrary . It is or ganize d as fo llo ws: Ch apt er 1 Insta ll ing your libra ry; movi ng or shi pping the libra ry . Ch apt er 2 Choosi ng and usin g digi tal lin ear tape ca rtridge s. Ch apt er 3 Operati ng the tap e driv e. App endi x A Ordering s upplie s and ac cessories ; locati ng HP sales and support off i ces. App endi x B Safety an d regul atory inf orm ati on. App endi x C T apeAl ert messa ges. Glos sary T erms related to di gital line ar t ape st orage products.
iv T ypogr aphi ca l Conv enti ons This m an ual us es the follo wi ng ty pog rap h ical conve n tio ns: NOTE Note s pr ovide i nformat ion that c an be he lpful in un derstan ding t he ope rati on of the product. CAUTIO N Caution s call atten tion t o an operatin g proced ure or pr actice that c ould resu lt in dam ag e to the pr odu ct if not cor rec tly pe rforme d. Do not pr oce ed beyo n d th i s bo x un t il y ou ful l y un de rs tan d a nd me et the indi c a te d c ond iti ons . W ARNING W arn ings call atte ntion to a pr oc edure or practice that could re su lt i n pers onal in ju ry if n o t co rrec tly pe rf o rm ed . Do no t proc ee d bey o n d th i s box unt il you fully unde rstan d an d m eet t h e in di cated c ondit ion s. Thi s warnin g sy mbol on a pro duct label in d ic ates that personal in ju ry co u ld res ult if the product is used im properly , and that m or e de tailed in f ormation i s give n in the instal lation and/ or user manuals . Fo n t Used for Italics Doc ument title s and stat emen ts tha t nee d to be emphasized . COMPUTER OUTPUT Inform atio n display ed in th e c ontr ol pan el or scre e n m enu items that yo u ca n se le ct. KEYCAP TEX T Keys on th e lib rary cont rol p anel.
Contents v T able of Con tents 1. Instal ling th e T ape Li bra ry Ins t all at io n O ver v ie w . .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. . 1-2 Step 1: Choose a Location ...................................... ...................... . 1-3 Ste p 2: U np ack th e L ibr ar y .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1-4 Required Components ................................................................. 1-4 Additional Components Pr ovided ............................................... 1-5 T ape Li br a ry Re ar P ane l . .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 1-6 Ste p 3: In s ta ll th e H o st S C SI C ar d(s ) .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. . 1-7 Step 4: Mount the Library in a R ack (optional) ............................. 1-8 Safety P recautions . .......... ............ ............... ............ .......... .......... . 1-8 Tools and C omponents . .............................................................. 1-9 Mounting the Li brary .................. ..................... .......... .......... ..... 1-10 At tac h the Mo un ti ng Br ack ets ... .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 1-1 0 At tac h the Ra ck S l id es to th e Rac k ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1-1 2 Pla ce the L ibr ar y i n t he R ack ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1 -17 Ste p 5: Se t t he S C SI In te rfa c e Mod e Swi tc h .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 1-2 0 Ste p 6: C on nec t Li br ary t o H os t .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1-2 3 Routing SCSI and Power Cables on Rack Mounted L ibrar ies . 1-23 Ste p 7: Po we r O n t he S yst em .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . 1-2 7 Install Backup Software ............ ................... .......... .......... ......... 1-27 Ve ri f y I nst al la ti on W it h T ap eA ss ur e ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . 1-27 Mov in g or Shi pp in g t he Li b rary .... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1 -28 2. Using T ape Cartridges Ta pe C artr i dg e Ov e rvi ew . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. . 2-2
vi Contents Choosing T a pe Cartridges ................... ..................... .......... .......... . 2-3 Labe ling Ta pe C art ri dg es . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2 -4 Labe ling Bu l k Lo a d Ma g a z i n es ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2-5 Driv e Cl ea n in g Me ss a ges .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2 -6 Wr ite -P ro te ct in g T ap e Car tri dg es .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2 -8 Main t ai n i n g Ta p e Ca rt r i d g e s . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2-9 3. Operating th e Library Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 3-2 Ope r ati ng th e Co nt ro l P an el .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -3 Understanding Di splay W indow Messages ...................... ............. 3-4 Dri ve S tatu s .... .... .. .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .... ... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. 3- 4 St atus Ind i c a tor s .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. 3 - 4 Act iv it y I n di cat ors . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . 3-5 C on tro l P ane l O pt io ns . .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -6 Fir s t Le v el Op ti on s .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -6 Second Level Options .............................. ................................ 3-7 C on tro l P ane l Me nu Tre e .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... . 3-8 Ent er in g t he A dm in ist r at io n M en u P as sw or d .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 3-9 Se tt ing a N ew A dmin is tr at io n Men u Pa ss wo rd .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -10 Se tt ing an d V ie win g S CS I ID s .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . 3-1 1 Se tt i n g S CS I IDs .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3- 12 Int er pr et in g S CS I B us S ta tu s In di cat or L EDs .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. . 3-14 Vi ew ing Cur re nt S CSI A ddr e ss Se tt in gs .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . 3-1 4 Load in g Ta p e C a rtr id ge s In to th e Li b ra ry . ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 3-1 5
Contents vii T able of Con tents In se rt in g/ Rem ovi ng Car tri d ges w it h Sof t war e .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -15 Ke ep i ng Ca rtr i dg es in th e Mag a zi ne ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3-1 5 L oad in g T ap es . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 3-1 6 Remo vi ng Tap e Car tr idg e s fr om th e Lib r ar y .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -19 Vi ewi ng C ar tri dg e Bar C o de L ab el s .... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -22 Clea ni ng th e L ib ra ry Tap e Dr i ve s . .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 3-2 3 Se t t ing Co n f i g u ra ti o n Op t i o n s . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3-25 Retr i ev in g P er f orm anc e I nfo rm at io n . .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -28 Running an Interna l Test .............................................................. 3-33 Using Online Dr ive R eplaceme nt .... ........... ........ ...... ........ ...... ..... 3-37 Troubleshooting ..................................... ...................................... 3-39 A. Su ppl ies and Custo mer Supp ort Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. A-2 Supplies and Acc essories ..... ................................. .................... .... A-3 Hewlett-Packard Cus tomer Support ...... ....................... ................ A- 6 HP FIRS T /Q UIC K F AX Fax ba ck Se rv ic es .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A-6 Asi a- Pa cif ic .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. ... .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. A-7 Eur op e .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. A-8 No rt h an d S out h Am er ica (incl ude s C an ada) .... .. .... .... .... .... .. . A- 8 Other Countries ............................ .... ................... .................... A- 8 Electr onic Support Serv i ces .... ............................... .................... A- 9 On-l i ne S er vic e Pr ov id ers .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A-9 Hew let t -Pa c kar d Web Si te . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. A-9 Customer Suppor t Centers ................ .. ................... .................. A- 10
viii Contents No rt h an d S out h Am er ica (incl ude s C an ada) .... .. .... .... .... .... . A- 10 European Customer Support Center s .................. .......... ........ A- 10 Asi a- Pa cif ic .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. A-11 E lsew her e .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... . .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... . A- 11 Telephone Support After W arranty ......................................... A-12 Bef or e C a ll ing .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. A-12 US and C an ad a .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... ... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... . A- 12 Eur op e .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. A-12 E lsew her e .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... . .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... . A- 12 HP Re sel le r L o cat or Nu mb er s . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A-12 B. Saf ety a nd Reg ulatory Infor matio n Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... B -2 Sa fet y In fo rmat ion .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .. ... .... .... .... .. .... .... .... ....B-3 L ase r Sa fe ty .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . B -3 C DRH Re gu lat i ons ( U SA Onl y) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -3 Regu la to ry I nf orm at io n .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -4 De cl ara t ion o f Con fo r mity .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. . B -5 United Kingdom T elecommunications Act 1984 ....................... B-6 Herstellerbescheinigung .............................................................. B-6 English T ranslation of Ge rman Sound E mis sion D irective ..... B-6 T urva llis u usy ht een ve to . .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -7 English T ranslation of Finnish Regulatory Inf ormation . ......... B -8 J apa nes e VC CI S tat em ent . .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -9 Eng li s h T ran s lat i on o f J apa nes e VC CI S tat em en t .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -9
Contents ix T able of Con tents C. T a peAler t Messages Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... C -2 Ta pe Al ert Mes sa ges a nd De sc ri pt io ns . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . C -3
x Contents
Figure s xi T ab le of Figures Fig ure 1-1. Rea r Pa nel F eature s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Fig ure 1 -2. Rackmou nting Co mponent s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Fig ure 1-3. Ra ck Sl ides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Fig ure 1-4. F r ont M ounti ng Bra cket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1 Fig ure 1-5. Rea r Mo unting Brack et . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1 F i gu r e 1 -6 . C li p Nu t s ( F ro n t Ra i l s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 2 Fig ure 1-7. Cl ip Nuts ( Back Rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 F i gu r e 1 -8 . Fr o nt B r a ck e t on Ra ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 4 F i gu r e 1 -9 . R e a r B ra ck e t on Ra c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 5 Fig ure 1-10. Bezel Spac ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Fig ure 1-1 1. Str ain Rel ief Brac ket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 F i gu r e 1 -1 2. L i b ra ry o n S li d e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 8 F i gu r e 1 -1 3. I n s ta l la t i on H a n d l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 8 F i gu r e 1 -1 4. F r o n t Ac ce ss Doo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 9 Fig ure 1-15. SCSI Inte rfac e Mode Switch (Exa mple) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 0 Fig ure 1 -16. SCS I/Power Cables and S t rai n Reli ef Bra cket . . . . . . . . 1-24 F i gu r e 1 -1 7. F r o n t Ac ce ss Doo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 5 Fig ure 1 -18. Sec ured SCS I and Po w er Cabl es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Fig ure 2-1. P r oper L abel Posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -4 Fig ure 2-2. M agazi ne L a bel Posi tio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 5 Fig ure 2 -3. W rite-Pr otec t Butt on Set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 F i gu r e 3 -1 . T ap e Li b r a r y C on t r ol P a ne l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3 Fig ure 3-2. Con trol Pa n el Menu O ptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8
xii Figure s Fig ure 3 -3. Openi ng th e Fron t Acc ess D oor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Fig ure 3 -4. Loa ding T ape Car tridg es into the Magaz ine . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Fig ure 3-5. I nse rtin g Maga zines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -18 Fig ure 3 -6. Openi ng th e Fron t Acc ess D oor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Fig ure 3-7. Remo v ing Magazi nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -20
Ta b l e s xiii T able of T ables T able 1 -1. Locati on Cri teri a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3 T a b l e 1 - 2 . Co m p o n e n t s In cl ud e d fo r I n s t a ll a t io n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4 T able 1- 3. Addi tional Compone nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -5 T a b l e 1 - 4 . SCS I In t e rf a c e Mo d e S w it c h S e t t i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 0 T a b l e 1 - 5 . T ap e L i b ra r y a s t h e On l y P er i p h e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 1 T a b l e 1 - 6 . T a p e L i b ra r y wi t h Ot h er Pe r i p h e ra ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 2 T a b l e 2 - 1 . Su p p or t e d T a p e T yp e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3 T able 2- 2. Dr ive Cl eaning Messag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -7 T able 2- 3. T ape Cartr idge M ainten ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 9 T able 3 -1. Defa ult SCS I IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 1 T a b le 3- 2 . SC S I A d dr es s C on f ig u ra t ion O p ti o ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12 T a b l e 3 - 3 . SCS I St a t us In d i ca t or s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 4 T a b l e 3 - 4 . Co n f i g u r a t io n O p t io n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2 6 T able 3 -5. Info rmati on Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 9 T able 3 -6. Inter nal T ests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 T a b l e 3 - 7 . T r o u b l e s h o o t i ng T a b l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3 9 T able A-1 . Basi c Su pplies and Acc esso ries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 T able C-1 . T apeAlert T ape Error Messag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 T able C-2 . T apeAlert Li brary Er ror M essa g es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
xiv Ta b l e s
1-1 Inst allat ion 1 Insta llin g the T ape Lib rary
1-2 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Installa tion O vervi ew Installa tio n Ove r vie w Before you install t he t ape l ibrary: ⢠Make sur e you ha ve the compone nts li s ted in T able 1-2 on page 1-4. ⢠Become fami liar with the back of the tape lib ra ry , as shown in âT ape Librar y Rear Pane lâ on page 1-4. T o ins tall the li brary , you must: 1. Choose a l ocat ion. 2. Unpack the lib rary . 3. In s tall the S CSI ho s t adap te r ca rd. 4. Mount the li brary in a rack (rac kmount confi gurati on only). 5. Se t th e S C S I in t e r f ac e mo d e sw it c h. 6. Connec t the t ape libr a ry . 7. Power on the syst em. NOTE These steps are e xpla ined i n this chap ter . Thi s chapt er also e xplai ns how t o m ove or sh ip th e li b r ar y . NOTE After th e library is in stalle d, you must per f orm addi tional tas ks explained i n Ch apt ers 2 and 3.
1-3 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 1: Cho ose a Lo ca tion Inst allat ion S tep 1: Cho ose a Loc ati on Ch oose a lo catio n t h at m eet s th e f oll o w in g crit eri a. T ak e th e l ibr ary th ere be f ore un packin g it. T a bl e 1-1 Locati on Crite ri a Ro om te mp eratur e 50-10 4° F (10-40° C) Power s ource AC p owe r vol tage: 100-127 V or 200-24 0 V Air qu a lity Minima l sourc es of part icula te cont aminati on. A void areas near freq uent ly used doors and wal kways, st acks of suppli es that co llect dus t, and smoke-fi lled room s . CAUTION: Excess ive dust and de bris can damag e ta pes a n d ta p e dr i v e s. Adequa te clea r an c e St andal one config uration â free standin g or agains t a wal l/des k: Back 56 cm (22 in.) for co oling and s erv ice. Front 86 cm (34 in.) for ope rator acces s . Sides 56 cm (22 in.) for remova l of the externa l cove r . If less sp ac e is allowe d, m ove th e library to an ope n area before serv icing. Rack mou nt co nf igu ration: Back Allow a dequa te ro om to open the r ear do or of the ra ck for service acce s s, usuall y 46-61 cm (1 8-24 in. ), depe ndin g on the rack. Front 86 cm (34 in.) for ope rator acces s . Height For eas e of us e, ins ta ll the li brary so th e bo ttom is 60-120 cm (24-48 i n.) a bove t he fl oor . Do not ins t al l the libra ry in th e bott om rail po s iti on bec ause o f cle aranc e.
1-4 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 2: Unpa ck th e L ibr a ry S tep 2: Unpack the Library Make sure y ou ha ve al l re qui red components a nd b ec ome fa mili ar wi th the librar yâ s com ponents. Required Componen ts T able 1-2 Comp onents Include d for Ins tallation NOTE Co ntact yo ur s ervi ce repre sent ative i f yo u are miss ing a ny compone nts. Component Descri ption T ape Lib rary Unpack the lib ra ry whe n it is in the desir e d locat ion. SCSI ca rd(s ) One singl e- ended F AS T/WIDE SCSI is inc luded wit h the l ibr ary . Da ta i s tr a nsfe rred up to 2 0 Mbyte s/sec ond. For F AST ha ndsha king, the total lengt h of the S CSI bus is lim it ed to 3 meters . SCSI c able: all owable le ngt hs One 3-me ter singl e-e nded F AS T/WIDE SCSI is inc luded with the li brar y . Dais y-chai n ca ble Inc lude d with two - dri ve librar ies. Power c ord Include d with libra ry . Rack mount kit Inc lude d with rackmoun t librari es . Data cart ridge Five tape s ar e in cl uded wi th library . Cl eaning car tridge One cl eanin g tap e is inc luded with libra ry .
1-5 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 2 : Unpac k the Li brary Inst allat ion Additi onal Com pon ent s Pr ov ided T able 1-3 Additional Compon e nts Component Descripti on Userâ s Guide Pri nted u ser â s manual in Englis h. DL T Li brar y Adv isor On li n e us e r â s ma nu a l w it h vi de o cli p s . HP SureS tore T ape CD- ROM Inclu des T apeAssure/T ap eAle rt, as well as other di agn ostic uti litie s. Als o inc lud es th e Userâ s Guid e on CD - RO M , tr an sl at ed in t o F ren c h, It al ia n , G er m a n , Spa nish, a nd Japane se. Live T r ial Backup Software In clu des li ve trial versio ns of backup soft ware for your eval uatio n. T a p e D at a Sh ee t Des crib e s th e ta p e s p ec if i ca ti on s , c h ara c t er i sti c s , a n d mai ntena nce nee ded Bar Code Lab el s In clu des bar code labe ls and reorde ring i nform at ion.
1-6 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 2: Unpa ck th e L ibr a ry T ape Lib rary R ear P anel Figur e 1-1 Rear Pa n el F eatur es The fol lowi ng li st iden tif ie s the numbered com pone nts in Figure 1-1 : 1 B us 1 SC SI ports 2 SCSI int e r fac e mo de switc h 3 B us 2 SCSI ports 4P o w e r p o r t 5 SCSI bus indi cator l abe l 6 SCSI bus st at us indi ca tors
1-7 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 3 : In stall the Hos t SCS I C ar d(s) Inst allat ion S tep 3: Install th e Host SCSI Card(s) In st al l the si ngle -ended or dif ferential SCSI c ard into the hos t comput e r sys te m. Ref e r to the ho st u se r manual and th e SCSI card in s talla tion ins tr uction s for inform ation on i nstal ling and c onfigurin g SCSI cards.
1-8 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) S tep 4: Mou nt th e Li br ary in a Rac k (opti onal ) For st and- alone i nsta llati ons, g o to âSt ep 5: Set the SCSI Inte rface Mode Sw itch â on page 1-20. The rack sli des can be adjuste d to fit any stan dard rack with a dep th of 26 to 31 inch es ( 66.04 t o 78. 75 centimete rs). S afet y P re caut io ns Beca use th e ta pe libra r y weig hs approxi mately 100 pounds (45 kil ograms) , t he fo llo wing safe ty pre cauti ons must be tak en whe n mount ing the ta pe li brary: ⢠Full y exte nd th e rackâ s ant itip r a il an d lo wer the le velle r fee t. ⢠Mount the ta pe l ibra ry no higher tha n 4 f ee t (122 cent im ete r s ) in the rack. ⢠IMPOR T ANT : At leas t two peopl e must lift the li brar y du r in g insta llati on. W ARNING Do not pull the l ibrary out of the rack to i ts fully extended position unless the anti-tip rail on the bottom of the rack has be en positioned corr ectly . Do n ot at tempt to move the tape library by yoursel f. The tap e librar y weighs appr oxim ately 100 pou n ds (45 kil ograms) . P ul li ng the lib r ar y ou t of th e ra ck w ith o u t t h e ra ck âs anti - t ip ra i l ex t en d ed co u l d resu l t in pers on al i nj ury an d/or damage to the tape libra ry if the rack tips over .
1-9 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion T oo ls an d Comp onen ts Figur e 1-2 Rack moun t in g Compon e nts To o l s : Phi llips scre wdriver (inc luded in ki t) 1/2 inc h open-end ed wrench Kit Ha rd ware (par ts a re l abele d for e asy ident ificati on): 1. rac k s lid es ( 1 p air) 2. be zel s pace r s ( 2) 3. mounti ng brackets (4) 4. strain rel ief bracke t (1) 5. cable tie s (4) 6. te mp late 7. 8-32 x 3/8 pa n sl otted phi llips lw profi l e hd (14) 8. 10-32 x 5/8 pan slott ed ph ill ips (14) 9. 10-32 clip nu ts (1 2) 10 . 8-32 keps nuts (8) 1 1. 6-32 x 3/8 pan p hilli ps, with inte rnal lo ck wa sh er (1 )
1-10 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) Moun tin g the L ibr ar y T o moun t the tape lib ra ry in a rac k, you m us t: ⢠First, attach the fr ont and back moun tin g bracket s to the rack sli des. ⢠Nex t , atta ch t h e r ack sl id es to th e rack . ⢠F i nal ly, att a ch t he ta pe l i br a ry to the r ac k sl id e s. Thes e s teps ar e e xplai ned in de tail i n the fo llowi ng s ectio ns. Attach the Mountin g Bracket s 1. IMPOR T ANT : Lower the rackâ s levell er fee t us i ng a 1/2- inch open-e nd wrench , a nd ex t end t h e rack â s an ti ti p r a il . W ARNING Failure t o extend the antitip rail could re s ult i n personal injury and/or dam age to the tape l ibrary if the rack ti ps ove r . 2. P u ll the r a ck slid e memb er s ou t to the f ul l y ex t ended p o s i tio n. (Th e s li des should âcl ickâ int o a locke d po si ti on.) Figur e 1-3 Rack Slid es
1-1 1 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 3. Attac h the f ront mount ing bracket s to the front end of e ach slid e using two 8-32 x 3 /8 pa n-slotte d phil lip s s crews a nd two 8-32 keps n uts. T ighte n the sc rews. Figur e 1-4 Front Mounting B racket 4. Attac h the rea r mount ing b racket s to t he bac k side of each sl id e using two 8- 32 x 3/8 pan-slot ted philli ps s crews a nd two 8-32 ke ps nuts. Do not tigh ten t he scr ews . Figure 1-5 Rear Moun ting Br acket
1-12 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) Attach the Rack Slides to the Rack 1. Line up th e templat e with an exi s ting pr oduc t in the rac k. Attach cl ip nuts to each f r on t rail in th e locat ions ind icate d on the t em pl a te. Figur e 1-6 Clip Nu ts (Fr ont Rails ) NOTE Do not ins tall th e li br ar y in the botto m of the rac k. Mak e s u r e the bottom of th e libra ry is no highe r tha n 4 f ee t of f the floor .
1-13 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 2. Atta ch two cl ip nut s t o each of th e back ra ils so tha t the s lid es will be le ve l when at ta ched to the r ails . NOTE Co unt th e holes on t he f r o n t and back ra il s to ens ure th e slid es will be lev e l . Figur e 1-7 Clip Nu ts (Bac k Rai ls)
1-14 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) 3. Attac h the fron t bracket: a. Retu rn the sli des to thei r c ompres se d posi tion. b. At tach the f ront slide mount ing bracke t to the lower two cl ip nut s on the fro nt rai ls using two 10 -32 x 5/8 pan slo tted phl p sc rews. c . Pu sh th e s li d es as f ar as po ss ibl e to w ar d th e o u tsi d e of th e rac k . d. T ighte n the sc rews. Figur e 1-8 Fr ont Bracke t on Rac k
1-15 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 4. Attac h the re ar bracket: a. Adjus t the rea r mounting bracket s to fit lengt hwise in t he rac k. b. At ta ch the re ar sli de mountin g brac ket to the rea r clip nut s usi ng two 10-32 x 5/8 pan s lot ted phlp screws. c . Pu sh th e s li d es as f ar as po ss ibl e to w a rd th e o u tsi d e of th e rac k . d. T ighte n the sc rews. e. T i ghten al l bracke t scre ws. Fig ure 1 -9 Rea r Bra c ket on R a ck 5. E xte nd the s l ide s fu l ly , ma k e su r e t hey are p ar a ll el, an d t hen r e com pr es s t hem .
1-16 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) 6. Connec t th e two bezel spac ers t o the fron t ra ils usi ng two 10-32 x 5/8 pan s lotte d phlp sc rews . The scre ws att ach to the two cli p nuts on the front ra ils above th e slid es. Fi gur e 1 -1 0 Be zel Sp acers
1-17 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion Place the Library in t he Rac k 1. Attac h the ca bl e strain rel ief brac ket t o the libr a ry rear pan el below th e SCS I connec tor s using one 6-32 x 3/8 pa n phlp, with inte rnal loc kwasher screw . F ig ure 1 - 1 1 S tra i n Re li ef B ra ck e t 2. Ensur e that the r ac kâ s ant i-t ip rails ar e ext ende d. W ARNING Failure to extend th e rackâs anti-t ip rail coul d re sult in persona l injury and/ or damage to the tape library . 3. Remove the keys f r om t he li brar y handl e. 4. Importa nt â two people neede d: L ift the library o nto the s li des and ba ck slight ly into the rack usi ng the sid e handle s. Make sure the handl es sit s ec ure ly on the slid es and t hat the fr ont holes in t he li brary li ne up wit h the secon d hole from t he fr o n t on th e sl id e s. W ARNING Do not atte m pt to m ove the ta pe libr ar y by yourself. The tap e librar y weighs appr oxim ately 100 pou n ds (45 kil ograms) . T o avoid pers on al injury and/or damage to the tape libra ry , a minimu m of two people are ne ed ed to mo v e the li b r ar y.
1-18 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) 5. Attac h the li brary to ea ch s li de usin g thre e 8-32 x 3/8 pan-slot ted phil lips scr ews . Figur e 1-1 2 Li brary on Sl ides 6. Remove the i ns talla ti on han dle s by removing two s cr ews on each hand le. Kee p the screws and handl es in cas e the libra ry needs to be res hippe d in th e futu re. Figur e 1-1 3 Install ati on Handle s
1-19 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 7. Rel ea se the sl ide lat ch spri ngs, th en push the tap e lib r ary into th e rack. 8. Open the front access door using the key , and secure the li bra ry to the rac k thro ugh th e rectangul ar hole s in the door us ing two 10-3 2 x 5/8 pan sl ot ted phlp scr ews . Figur e 1-1 4 Fron t Access Door
1-20 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 5: Set the SCSI In terface Mode S witch S tep 5: Set the SCSI Interface Mode Switch Do not conne ct any ca ble s yet. The S CSI interfa ce mode swi tch, sho wn below , is on t he rear panel b etween the bus 1 and bus 2 SCSI ports . Figur e 1-15 SCSI Interfac e Mode Switc h (Ex ample ) T o se t the SC SI i nte rface mode swit ch: 1. Determine how to conn ect the libr a ry acco rding to: ⢠Number o f dr ives in the li brary a nd dri ve ty pe ⢠Ot her pe riphera ls (if an y) on your sy s t em ⢠T ype of SCSI card (dif feren tial or s ing le-ende d) NOTE For best l ibrary perform ance, connect only o ne li brary o n a S CSI bus . 2. Se t th e S C S I in t e r f ac e mo d e sw it c h. T able 1-4 SCSI Interf ace Mode Switch Settings Setting Purp os e Set to T erm Pwr Sen ds power to th e terminat or . ON in most ins ta llat ions T ermi nation T ermina tes the SCS I bus. Fun ct ions t he sa me as a p hys ic al t er mi n ato r . ON if the tap e driv e is the las t de vice on t he SCSI chain OFF if a not her periphe ral will connect to th e l ib r ar y DIFF/ SE Spe ci fies whethe r you are using the di ffere ntial o r si ngle-en ded por t. DIFF for diffe ren tia l SE for single-en de d
1-21 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 5: Set the SCS I In terface M od e Sw itch Inst allat ion The fol lowi ng table shows con necti on opti ons when there are no ot her periph era ls. T able 1-5 T ape L ibrary as t h e On ly P eripheral Config u ration Cabl ing Mode Switch Se ttings One-Dri ve T ape Libra ry T wo-Drive Libra ry: Da isy ch ained Minimu m host I/ O slots u sed T wo-Drive Libra ry Bus 1 a nd bus 2 conn ect to s epa rat e SCSI c ard s Ma xi mum performan ce Ad dit ional ca rd an d ca ble r eq u ire d Singl e-ended SCS I connectio n Singl e-ended SC S I co n n e ct io n shown Diff erential SCSI connectio n shown
1-22 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 5: Set the SCSI In terface Mode S witch The fol lowi ng table shows con necti on opti ons when there are ot her periph era ls. T able 1-6 T a pe Library wi th O t her Peripheral s Co n f iguration Cabling M ode Switch S ettings On e -Drive T ape Library: Lib rary on its own bus Ma x i mum per for ma nce On e -Drive T ape Library: Da isy ch ain ed to peri phe ral Minimu m host I/ O s lots us ed T wo-Drive Libra ry: Dais y chai ned lib rary and peri pheral Minimu m host I/ O s lots us ed T wo-Drive Library: b us 1 and bus 2 use se par ate SCSI cards Ad ditiona l card a nd cabl e r equired Minimu m I/O slot s u se d Singl e-ended SCS I connectio n sho wn bu s 2 no t use d Singl e -e nd ed SCS I connection show n E XVîîîQRW îXVHG
1-23 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary S tep 6: C onn ect L ib ra ry t o Host Inst a l lat i on S tep 6: Co nnect Library to Host Do not t urn o n the host system or l ibrary yet ! 1. Prope rly s hut down all pe riphera l devices conn ected to the host com pute r . If th e host co m pu ter is co nnec te d t o a netwo rk, be sure to check with the s yste m adminis trator before s witc hing of f power . 2. Sw itc h of f power to the server . 3. Connect the SCSI cable s. Before you set the mode swit ch, you determi ned how to config ure your SCSI bus (see th e connecti on diagrams on page 1-21 and pa ge 1-2 2). Us ing this conf igur a t ion, connec t the libra r y to th e host. Make sure : ⢠Y ou use the proper port ( s ingl e-ended o r di ffere ntial). ⢠The las t devic e in the SC SI bu s is termi nated . 4. Make sur e the power sw itc h on the libr ary front pane l is switc he d o ff . 5. Plug th e power cord int o the power port on the ba ck of the libr ary . S tand-a lone install ation s : Go to âSt ep 7: Power On the S ystemâ on page 1-2 7. Rack mount i ns tall ations: Go to th e next sect ion , âRo uting SCS I and P ower Ca bles on Rack Mounte d Lib rari es.â Rout ing S C SI a nd Po we r Ca b les on Ra ck M ount ed Libraries CAUTIO N SCSI and power cables must be route d and s ec ured pr oper ly on rack mounte d libra ries . Failure to prope rly route libra ry cable s could result in damag e to the ca ble s. T o p rope rly route an d se cur e rack mounte d libr ary power and SCS I ca ble s: 1. Route the S C SI /powe r cable s through th e s tra in relie f brac ke t: a. Squ e ez e th e two plas ti c en d s of the ca b le st r ai n reli ef bra ck e t to get h er . b. Pul l of f the plas tic s tra in re li ef cl amp.
1-24 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 6: C onnec t Li bra ry to Host c. Route the SCSI ca ble (s) and the power cord thro ugh the cable stra in relief br ac ket. d. Slide t h e s train r e lie f cl amp bac k onto th e brac ke t. e. At ta ch a cabl e tie (inc lud ed in the rac k mou nt kit ) to the SCSI a nd power c abl es abo ut ei ght i n ch e s ba ck fr om the st rai n rel ie f brac ket . f. Atta ch ano ther ca ble t ie about eight inc hes ba ck from t he fi rs t c able t ie. Figur e 1-16 SCSI /Power Cabl es an d S train Relief Brac k et 2. E x te nd th e rac k â s an t i- t ip ra il an d ver i f y th a t th e le v el l e r fe et a re do w n . W ARNING Failure t o extend the antitip rail could re s ult i n personal injury and/or dam age to the library if the rack tips over .
1-25 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary S tep 6: C onn ect L ib ra ry t o Host Inst a l lat i on 3. Use the key to ope n the front acce ss door . Remove th e two screws that se cure the lib rar y to the ra ck. Figur e 1-1 7 Fron t Access Door 4. Slid e the l ibr ary out of th e r a ck so th at it is in th e fully ext end ed posit ion.
1-26 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 6: C onnec t Li bra ry to Host 5. Gently pul l the SCSI a nd power c ables back towa rd t he rear of th e rack. Use a cable tie to s ecure the m to the rail at t he back of the ra ck. T he cable ti e shoul d be at a bout t he same he ight as t he to p of t he li brary . 6. Careful ly route th e cables down alon g the ba ck rail. Use a cable t ie to secur e them to the ra il ju s t above the sli de mounting bra cket . Cli p of f the e nds of all four cabl e ties. Figure 1-1 8 Secured SCSI and Power Cables 7. Close the ba ck doo r on t he ra ck. 8. Push the li brary bac k int o t he ra ck. 9. Open the front ac ce ss door . Re place the two sc rews t hat se c ure the l ibr ary t o th e rack, then re -lock the d oor .
1-27 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary S tep 7: Po we r O n the Sy ste m Inst a l lat i on S te p 7: Pow er On t he Syste m 1. Plug th e power cord int o a grounded out let. 2. T urn on the power sw it ch. Init iall y SELF TEST a nd NOT READY , and then NOT READY an d INVENTORY CHECK alt ernate ly appear in th e display wind ow o n the li brary . After the power- on test comple tes (approxi mately 1.5 minute s), t he dri ve s tatus info rmati on displ ays. (See âUn derstandi ng Displ ay Wi ndow Message s â on page 3-4.) NOTE If the dri ve sta tus in formation doe s not dis pl ay , the p ower-on test wa s not succ essful and DEVICE FAILED di sp lays. See âT roubl eshoo ting â on page 3-38 for tr oubleshoo tin g proce dures. 3. T urn on other per ipherals (if any) . 4. T urn on the hos t sy s t em. In s t a l l Ba c ku p So f tw a r e Fol low the ins tru ctions provi ded with your ba ckup software to con figur e it to your libra ry . Several tri al version s are provi de d with the lib rary for your eva luati on. V erify Installa tion With T apeAss ur e HP T apeAssure is a soft ware util it y that t ells you qui ckly and easil y wheth er your confi guratio n is corre ct and whet her the tape dri ve is rea dy for us e with backup soft ware. Y our backup sof twar e m ust be T apeAlert compat ible for you to receive thes e mess ages (compatib le pa ckage s wil l di s play the HP T apeAle rt lo go). F or th e lat est lis t of backup pac kages tha t s upport T apeAl ert , refer to HPâ s W orld Wi de W eb site (http :// www .hp.co m/go/t ape ).
1-28 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Movi ng or Sh ipp ing the L ibr ar y Moving or Shipping the Library This s ectio n expl ains ho w to move the li brary a sh ort di s tanc e, such as to an other of fi c e or to anot her floor in th e buildi ng and how to s hip the libra ry t o anot her l oca tion. W ARNING The libr ary weighs appr o ximatel y 100 pounds (45 kilo grams ). T o avoid pers onal i njury and p ossible d amage to the libra r y , at leas t two peo ple must move the li brary . T o move or shi p the l ibrary: 1. Prope rly s hut down and power of f the hos t. 2. Unmount (unr eserve) an y tap e c artri dges in the li bra ry if necessar y . See your comput er ope ratin g syst em documen tat ion, or s oftwa re appli ca tion documenta tion for ins truct ions on how to unmoun t tape cartri dges . 3. V eri f y th a t al l d ri v es in th e lib r ar y ar e em pt y : If the drive s are full, empty the m before shippin g the libra r y . (For inst ruction s , refer to th e software doc um ent ation your host syste m use s to man age the li br ary .) 4. Switc h of f t he power switc h on t he l ibrar y front pane l. CAUTIO N Do not switch of f powe r to the libra ry unt il the SCSI b us i s in activ e. Rem ovin g power from a SCSI perip heral when the bus is activ e can r es ul t in data los s and/or indet ermi nat e bus states . (Chec k your hos t syste m manuals for inform ation ab out che ck ing the SCSI b us status . ) If your comput er is c onnected t o a LAN, be sure to che ck wit h your system admin istrator before shu tting of f power to the l ib r ary . 5. Remove the power cord a nd the SC S I c able connecti ons f rom the librar y rear panel .
1-29 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Mo vin g o r Shi ppi ng the Li brar y Inst allat ion 6. If the libra ry is rack mou nte d: a. Exte nd the ant i-t ip r ai l on the rac k. W ARNING Failure to extend the anti-tip rail could result in personal injury and/or dama ge to the library if the rack tips over . b. S lide the libra ry o ut of the r ack so that it i s in t he ful ly exte nded po siti on. c. Reatta ch t he han dles to t he side of l i brary usin g tw o screws. Make sure t he handl e flange s are on top of th e slid e s. (The ha ndle s and hardware f or reat tachi ng the m should have bee n saved with the origi nal shippi ng materi als. If they are missing , ca ll yo ur servi ce re presenta tive t o or der repla cement handles .) d. Re move th e thre e 8-32 screws on ea ch s ide of the li brary tha t s ecu re the l ibr a ry to th e rack sl ide s. e. IMPOR T ANT â two people nee ded: W ith a person on ea c h si de of the l ibr ary , lift th e librar y onto a ca rt . 7. T ran sport the lib r ary : ⢠T o move the l ibra ry a short dis tan ce, rol l the cart to the n ew loc ation. ⢠T o s h ip t he li bra r y , re p ac kag e th e l ibr ary i n t he s a me m at er i als a nd sh ip it in t he s ame manne r in whic h it was re ceive d. CAUTIO N The l ibrary ca n be s e riousl y damaged if i t is not shi pped u si ng ap propriat e shipp ing mat eri als. A servic e represe ntati ve can provide a ssi stance or advic e on how to best repa ckage and ship the libra r y . 8. Re- insta ll the li brary . Ref er to ins ta lla ti on step s in t his chapte r .
1-30 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Movi ng or Sh ipp ing the L ibr ar y
2-1 Using T apes 2 Using T a p e Cartridges
2-2 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es T ape Cartrid ge Ov erview T ape C a r tri d ge Ov er vi ew The ta pe cart ridges you us e in the tape dri ve are an integ ral part of th e stora ge pr oce ss. This c hapt er explains how to: ⢠Choose a tap e ca rtridge. ⢠Label tap e cartridge s with bar code la be ls. ⢠La b el bulk lo ad maga zi nes. ⢠Inte rpre t drive cl ea ning messa ges. ⢠W ri te-prot ect a tape cartridge . ⢠Mainta in a tape cart rid ge . NOTE For to p per f or mance and r elia bi lity , Hewlet t P ack ard re co m mends HP- la beled ta pe cart ridges tha t have been full y test ed for us e with HPâ s tape produc ts. Purcha se these cart ridges thro ugh any HP-author ized deale r , or order the m thr ough HP Direc t. See âSuppli es and Acc es s oriesâ on page A-3 for orderin g i nform at ion.
2-3 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Cho osi ng T ape Ca rtr idges Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes Choosing T a pe Cartr idges T wo t ype s of c o mpati ble digi tal lin ear tape ca rtridge s a r e ava il able: T able 2-1 Support ed T ape T ype s NOTE Hewle tt- Pack ard recommends us ing the HP DL Ttape IV Data Ca rtri dge for top perform a nce, hi ghes t capacity , and le ast amou nt of hea d cleaning. Car tri dg e T ype A va ila bl e Densi ties HP DL T tap e IV Da ta Cart ridge 20 GBytes uncompre ssed (DL T4000 dri ve) 35 GBytes un compres sed (DL T7000 dri ve) HP DL Ttape III XT Data Cartridge 15 GByt es uncompre ssed
2-4 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Labe ling T ape Car trid ge s Labeling T ape Ca rt ridges Make i t a pra ct ice t o us e bar code labe ls on yo ur tape ca rtridge s. Y our host s of twar e may need to keep trac k of t he fol lowing inf orm ation a nd t he assoc iate d bar co de: ⢠dat e of f ormat or i nitia li zatio n ⢠cartri dge own er (s uc h a s gro up or d epartmen t) ⢠stora ge pur pose (such a s ba ckup, ol d v ersion of operati ng s ystem ) If the host s of tware doe s not keep t rack of t his i nformat ion, c reate a method of doi ng so. Sl id e th e la b el in to th e sl o t on th e fac e o f th e ca r t ri d g e as il lu s t r at e d in F ig u r e 2- 1 . NOTE If bar code lab els ar e not used and the âBa rcode On/Of fâ confi gurati on is set to âOf f,â the Inve nt ory Check test perform ance can be si gnifi cantl y impa cted. T his te st ru ns when the libra ry is powered on and whenev er the front acc es s door is open ed. Se e Appen dix A for infor m ati on about orde ring a ddition al bar code lab els. Figur e 2-1 Pr oper Label Posit i on
2-5 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Labe ling Bul k L oa d Ma ga zin es Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes La bel ing Bu lk Lo ad M aga zi nes Bu lk loa d magaz in es ca n be lab el ed in a mann er sim il a r to ta pe cart r idges . T o l ab el bulk loa d magazine s: 1. Clean the maga zine surfa ce with isopro pyl alco hol (opt ional, but recommende d). 2. Remove the adhe sive backi ng from the labe l pouc h. 3. Apply the pouc h to the magazine anywh ere withi n the sha ded area shown in Figure 2-2. 4. Slid e the labe l into the p ouch. Figur e 2-2 Magazin e L abel P osition
2-6 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Dr iv e Cl ea ni n g M e ss ag es Drive Cl e aning Messages T able 2-2 li sts d rive clean ing m essages that might be c aused by a tape . Not e tha t: ⢠The t ape d rive s do not require sc heduled clea ning m ainte nance . Ex cessi ve us e of the c lean ing cartr idge ca n cause unnec essary we ar on the driv e hea d. ⢠Af ter 20 cle an ing cycle s, the clea ning cart ridg e mu st b e repl aced . NOTE For dri ve cl ea ni ng instru ct ions, refe r to âCl ea ning the Library T ape Driv esâ on page 3-23.
2-7 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Dr iv e C lea n i ng Me ss ag es Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes T a ble 2-2 Drive Cl eaning Message s If this happens: Reas on: Y ou need to: A brand new ta pe cart rid ge i s used and a dri ve clea n ing m es s age is re c eiv ed . Debris from th e tape manuf acturi ng pro ce ss was depos ited on the driv e head. Clean the drive using the tape libra ry cl eaning proce dure i n âCleanin g the Libra ry T ape Dri ves â on page 3-23. If the messag e is displ ayed again wit hin a short amount of tim e, re pl ac e th e ca rt ri d g e. An older , fr eque ntly used tape car tridge is l oad ed an d a dr iv e clea n ing m es s age is re c eiv ed . Dust fro m frequent tape lo ads and unloads has probably bu ilt u p on the tape cartri dge a nd was depos ited on the driv e head. Clean the out s ide of th e ta pe ca rtr idge with a damp clot h. Clean the tape drive usin g the tape drive cle aning procedur e in âCleani ng the Libr ary T ape Drivesâ on pa ge 3- 23. An older , fr eque ntly used ta p e ca us es a clea n ing m es s age to be di splayed for t he s ec ond time. The tap e is probably damaged. (Dam aged cartri dges c an cause unne cessary use of the cle an ing cartridge .) 1. V erify the t ape is r e adable by clea ring t he error message . (Sele ct the ONLINE REP AIR option from the cont rol pane l. T urn of f the drive conta ining the t ape. T urn t he dr ive on agai n. (Se e âUsin g Online Dr ive R eplacement â on page 3-36). 2 . Try r ea d in g t h e t a pe a g ai n: ⢠If the t ape can be read, ba ck up data from the damaged cart ridge to ano ther tape cartri dge and disc ard the dama ged one. ⢠If the t ape can not be read , ca ll se rvice.
2-8 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Write- Prote cting T a pe Ca rt ridg es Writ e-P ro tec ti n g T a p e C ar t ri d ge s The use of the writ e protect switc h ensures data safet y for files tha t have been pr evious ly writte n to the ta pe and pre vents any a ddition al fi les from being wri tte n to the t ap e. T o cha nge t he writ e-prote ct s etti ng, move the write -protec t swi tch: â¢L e f t t o prevent data from being writ ten to the cartri dge . The orange indi ca tor on the car tri dge can be see n when th e wr it e-pr otect swit ch is in the âONâ po si tion (see âAâ in Figure 2-3). ⢠Rig ht to allow dat a to be writt en to the ca rtr i dge. T he ora nge indic at or on the cartri dge c annot be see n when the write-p rote ct swit ch i s in the âOFFâ pos iti on (se e âB â in F ig u re 2 - 3) . W ith t he writ e-prote ct s witch in e ither posi tion, data c an be r ead fr om th e ca rtridge . Figur e 2-3 Write -P rotect Button Settings Wr i t e - P r o t e c t e d Not Wr ite-Protecte d
2-9 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Ma intaini ng T ape Ca rt ridg es Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes Maintaining T ape Ca rtri dges T able 2-3 T ape Cartridge Maintenance DO NOT : DO: ⢠Expos e c artridg es to ma gnet ic fie lds . ⢠Leav e ca rtri dges in the ta pe drive when l ibrary power i s of f. ⢠Ex pos e ca rtr idge s t o extr eme tem pe rat u r es o r ex t r eme hu m i d it y . Accept ab le opera tin g tempe rat ures range from 10-40° C (50-104° F). Ac ce p ta ble st o rag e te mp er atu r es range from 16-32° C (60-90° F ) . Accept ab le opera tin g humidit y ranges from 20-80%; ac ce pta ble storage humi dity ra nges fro m 10-95 % . ⢠Expos e ca rtridge s to m oisture or dir ect sunli ght. ⢠Drop t he cartr idge s or car ry t hem i n a loo s e c ontai ner t hat c ould s ubmit the cartr idges to a ny unne cessary physi cal shock. ⢠O p e n c a rt ri dg e s l i d, e x po s i n g t he tape to possi ble c ontamina tion or physi cal damage. ⢠T ouch th e tape s ur fa ce . ⢠T ak e car tri d ge s ap ar t . ⢠Use grap hit e penci ls, water solu ble felt pe ns , or other debris -produci ng writ ing i nstr uments to label cartr idges . ⢠Er ase a labe l; re pla ce it ins tea d. ⢠Sto re car t rid ges i n a cl ean , s af e pl ace in t heir p rote ctiv e p la stic conta iners when not in us e. ⢠Rem ove dus t on t he outside of cart ridges us ing a damp clot h. (Older , fr eque ntly us ed ta pes may bui ld up dus t.) ⢠S tor e cartri dges ve rti call y , not flat . ⢠S tor e cartr i dges inte nded for ar ch iving dat a in their plasti c conta iners a nd in en viron menta l condi tio ns of 18-28° C (64-8 2° F) and 40-60% re lativ e hu mi dity . ⢠Use l abe ls li ke th ose inc lud ed in t h e ac cess orie s ki t or tha t meet the sp ec ifi c a tio ns li ste d in T a b le A-1 on page A-3.
2-10 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Main tainin g T ape Cart ri dge s
3-1 L ibrary Operat ion 3 Operating t h e Library
3-2 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Ov erv iew Over v iew This cha pt er expla ins the fo llo wing library opera tions : ⢠âOperat ing the Con trol Panel â on pag e 3-3 ⢠âUnders ta nding Dis pla y W indow Mess age sâ on page 3-4 ⢠âEnte ring t he Adm inistra tion Me nu P asswordâ o n p age 3-9 ⢠âSetti ng a New Administ ration Me nu Passwordâ on pa ge 3-1 0 ⢠âSetti ng and V iewing SCSI IDsâ on page 3-1 1 ⢠âLoad ing T ape Cart ridges Into the L ibraryâ on page 3-15 ⢠âRem oving T a pe Cartrid ges from the Libra ryâ on page 3-19 ⢠âV iewing Ca rtri dge Bar Code L abelsâ on p a ge 3- 22 ⢠âClea ning t he L ibrary T ape Dri ve sâ on page 3-2 3 ⢠âUsin g Online D r ive Repl acement â on pa ge 3-36 ⢠âSetti ng Conf igurati on Options â on pa ge 3-25 ⢠âRetr ieving P erf ormance Infor mati onâ on pa ge 3-28 ⢠âRunnin g an Interna l T estâ on page 3-32 ⢠âUsin g Online D r ive Repl acement â on pa ge 3-36 ⢠âT ro ubleshoot ingâ o n p age 3-38
3-3 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Op era ting the Co ntr ol Pa ne l L ibrary Operat ion Operating the Contr ol Panel Figur e 3-1 T ape Libra ry Control Panel 1. Selec tion bu ttons a llows you to p erform the foll owing opera tions: ⢠CANCEL cancel s th e cur rent opera tion or opti on. ⢠PREV scroll s t he dis play optio ns ba ckward by one . Whe n hel d cont inuously , the opt ions scrol l quickl y . ⢠NEXT scrolls the displ ay options forwa rd b y one. When hel d cont inuous ly , the opt ions scrol l quickl y . ⢠ENTE R s elects the dis played option . 2. Activi ty li ght in dic at es the follo wing: ⢠Ste ady Green â power i s on. ⢠Flashin g Green â a tape cart ridge is bei ng acces se d. ⢠Amber â fault indic ator . 3. 16-Ch ara cter Displ ay display s informat ion about th e current opera tion or drive stat us . An ast eri sk (*) indica te s the r e is a me nu b eneat h th e op tio n. Pr ess ENTER to ac ces s the me nu. Pre ss NEXT or PRE V to displ ay t he menu opt ions. 4. Power switc h switche s power to the unit on and of f. 5. Door latch l ocks/ unlock s door for a ccess to bulk l oad m agazines.
3-4 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages Understanding Displ ay Window Messages The di sp lay window displ ays dri ve status indi cators an d men u opti ons. Drive S tatu s The fol lowi ng fig ure s hows the drive st atu s indicat ors displa yed when th e library is in th e âr e ad y â st at e. In t his exa mple: 1. Drive 1 has a c artri dge in serted and da ta i s be ing wri tten to th e ta pe. 2. Drive 2 has a wri te-prot e cte d cartri dge i nsert ed. S tatus Indicators S tatus in dic ators provi de dri ve stat us informa tion for the dri ve number tha t precede s on e of the follo wing indicat ors. Th e d r iv e is ful l. Th e d r iv e is empt y . The dri ve ne eds to be cleane d. The ta pe cart ridge in th e drive is write -pro te cte d.
3-5 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages L ibrary Operat ion Activ ity Indi cato rs The a cti vi ty li ght flas hes duri ng the f o ll owing opera tio ns : I nformat ion is being wr it ten to the tap e in the drive . I nfor m atio n is be ing re ad to t he tap e in the dr iv e. The tape in the d r ive is being se arched back ward or is rewi nding. The tape in the d rive i s be ing s eached forward. The d ri v e is b ei n g cl ea n ed .
3-6 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages Control Pan el Opt ions Press PRE V or NE XT wh ile t he l ibr a ry is in the âreadyâ stat e to disp lay fi r s t-l eve l op tio ns. A cce s s sec ond-l evel options from ADMIN * (second level opt ions require a pas s w o rd; s ee âEnte ring th e Administ ration Menu Pas swordâ on page 3-9). An ast eri sk (*) indi cates tha t the opti on has mult iple sele ct ions. When a me nu sele ction is flashin g, pre ss ENTER to select the optio n or dis pla y the op tio nâ s sele ction s . Pre s s PREV or NEXT to displ ay ot her a vaila ble o pti ons. First L evel Options RELEASE DOOR Selec t to allow the acc es s door to be unloc ked. VIEW BAR CODES * Selec t to view the bar code lab els on each tape cart ridge by slot numbe r . ADMIN * Access es seco nd-leve l options . LOAD DRIVE * Loa d s a tap e f rom a sl ot to t he dri ve. T o loa d a ta p e: 1. S elect th e driv e tha t you want to loa d a ta pe into. 2. Selec t th e tape th at you want to lo ad. The cont rol pane l displ ays the barcode nu mbe r and s lot n umb er . Press PREV or NE XT t o se lect , th en ENTER . 3. T he contro l panel di spla ys the dri ve it is lo adi ng to. TAPE LOADED di sp la y s w h e n c om p le te . UNLOAD DRIVE * U n l o ad s a tap e fr o m th e d r iv e to th e sl o t it ca m e fro m . 1. P ress PREV or NE XT t o se lect t he d ri ve th at yo u wan t to un l o ad . P r ess ENTER . I f a tap e is n o t in th e dr i v e, SOURCE IS EMPTY dis plays. 2. T he acti vi ty light flas hes green an d TAPE UNLOADED fl ash e s wh e n com pl et e.
3-7 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages L ibrary Operat ion Second L e vel Opt ions INFO * Dis plays perfor m ance i nformatio n st ored i n the libra ry . TEST * Runs inte rnal librar y tes ts. CONFIG * Cus tomizes the way the l ibra ry functi ons. CLEAN DRIVES * Displa ys t he dri ve numbe rs yo u wish t o cle an. OVERRIDE DOOR * Op ens th e door w h en m edi a is in dri ves. SCSI IDs * Sets the SCSI addresses for t he robotics and the library dri v e s. ONLINE REPAIR * De- ac t iv ates a dr iv e fo r rep l ac em en t.
3-8 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages Control Pan el M enu T ree Figur e 3-2 Contr ol Panel Menu Optio n s
3-9 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Enteri ng the Adm in istratio n Men u P asswo rd L ibrary Operat ion Enter ing the Administration Menu Password A numeri c password is re quir e d to acc es s optio ns bene ath ADMIN* menu of the libra ry (s ee Fi gure 3-2 on pa ge 3-8 ). A t hree-p art defa ult pa ssword o f 00 0-000-000 is se t at t he f a ct o ry . T o c h an ge th e p ass w o rd, se e âS e ttin g a N ew A dm ini st ra ti on Menu Pass wordâ on page 3-10. T o en te r th e pa ss w o r d : 1. V erify that the dri ve status dis plays. I f it doe s not d is play , press CANCEL until it does. 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. PSWD 000-000-000 disp la ys, and t he f ir st s et of zer os f las hes . Press ENTER to accept thi s number (if no password has be en set), or pre ss NEXT or PRE V unti l the corr ect n umber disp lays . Pr es s ENT ER . 4. The middle set of ze ros flashe s . Press ENTER to accept thi s number (if no password has be en set), or pre ss NEXT or PRE V unti l the corr ect n umber disp lays . Pr es s ENT ER . 5. T h e la st set of z eros f lashes. 6. Pr ess ENTER to accept thi s number (if no password has be en set), or pre ss NEXT or PRE V unti l the corr ect n umber disp lays . 7. Pr e ss ENTER . INFO * display s. T o acc es s options unde r the ADMIN * m enu, pres s PREV or NE XT unti l the d e sire d op tion d ispla ys, th e n pre ss ENTER . 1 2 â ADMIN * â CONFIG *
3-10 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting a New A dm inis tra tion Menu Pa sswor d Setti ng a Ne w Administrati on Menu Password NOTE Change the pa ssword to so that onl y authori zed persons ca n access the libr ary and chan ge operat ion set tings . Do not for ge t the pa ss word. Only a servi ce rep resenta ti ve can re se t th e password to t he facto ry sett ing. T o se t a new pa ssword: 1. Foll ow the steps on â Enter ing th e Adminis trat ion Men u Pas s wordâ on page 3-9 to ente r the ex isti ng pas s w ord. 2. Pr ess NEXT until CONFIG * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Pr e ss NEXT or PREV until NEW PASSWORD displa ys, then pre s s ENT ER . 4. NEW 000-000-000 disp la y s , and t h e f ir st se t o f zer o s fl ash e s. Press NEXT or PRE V to dis play t he new nu mber s you wis h to a ssign the fir s t pa rt of the pass w ord, then pre s s ENTER . 5. The seco nd se t of ze ros f lashe s. Press NEXT or PREV to disp lay t he ne w numbers you wish t o assign t he s econd part of the pas s word, then press ENTER . 6. T h e la st set of z eros f lashes. Press NEXT or PR E V to di spla y the new numbe rs you wis h to assi gn th e third pa rt of the pass w ord, then pre s s ENTER . 7. PASSWORD CHANGED displ ays. P r e ss CANCEL thr ee tim es to ret urn to the drive stat us ( âready â st at e). NOTE Sa ve the new passwo rd to fla sh ROM by p ower c yclin g the li bra ry , which al lows th e pas s w o rd to be re covered if the l ibra ry is power ed off for mor e tha n ten days. Do not sw itch off powe r to the l ibrar y unt il t he S CSI b us i s in activ e. R emovin g po wer f r om a SC SI perip hera l w hen t h e b u s is ac tiv e can r esult in dat a loss an d /or inde ter minate bus states. If the libra ry is co nne cted to a LAN, chec k with the s ystem adm ini strat or bef ore shut tin g off power to the lib rary . 1 2 â ADMIN * â CONFIG * NEW PASSWORD
3-1 1 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Sett ing an d Vie wing SCSI IDs L ibrary Operat ion Setti ng and V ie wing SCSI IDs NOTE Th e ta pe l ib r ar y h a s a Fas t /Wi de SCSI in t erface . SCSI add ress es ca n be set fro m: ⢠0 to 7 on a DL T 4000 -based lib rary ⢠0 to 15 on a DL T 7000-base d li brary If conne cting to a narrow host, use only addre sses 0 to 7. When y ou choo s e SCSI IDs, you ha ve t wo optio ns: ⢠SET IDs * l et s yo u a ssign individual SC SI IDs to each drive in t he li brar y and to the l ibr ary co ntrolle r . ⢠VIEW IDs * lets you see the cur rent drive and li brary cont roller setti ngs . The fol lowi ng table shows the d efa ult sett ings: T able 3-1 Default SCSI IDs If you are alre ady using any of the s e IDs for your compute r or anothe r SCSI perip heral devic e, f ollow t he in s tructio ns in â Setti ng SC S I IDs â on page 3-12. T o vie w th e cu r rent SC SI add r ess s ett in gs, see âV iewi n g Cur r en t S C SI Add res s Se ttingsâ on pa ge 3-14. 1 2 â ADMIN * â SCSI IDs * DEVICE SCS I ID BUS # LIB ID 6 Bus 1 DR V 1 ID 5 Bus 1 DR V 2 ID (two-drive mod els onl y) 4 Bus 2
3-12 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting an d Vie wing SCS I IDs Sett in g S CSI ID s A SCS I ID is requi red for the robotic s contro ller a nd ea ch dri ve . The d efault IDs are shown i n T able 3-1 on page 3-1 1. The fol lowing con figur ation ch oices are ava ilable : T able 3-2 SCSI Address Configu ration Optio ns T o cha nge t he cur rent SC SI a ddress settin gs: 1. V erify that the dri ve sta tus displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. Pr ess NEXT until SCSI IDs * dis plays, then press EN TER . 5. SET IDs * displays. Press ENTER . LIB BUS # ID # or DRV # BUS # ID # dis plays . LIB BUS # ID # stand s for the current SCSI ID of the roboti cs control ler . DR V # BUS # ID # is the curre nt SCSI ID setti ng for the dr ive number and its as so ci ated bus #. 6. Pr ess NEXT until the setti ng to cha nge d isplays , th en pre ss ENT ER . 1 2 â ADMIN * â SCSI IDs * â SET IDs * Number of Drive s S CSI Bus Addresse s A va ilable 1 13 ad dresses are a vaila ble on bus 1. (Dri ve 1 use s one ad dress and the l ibr ary co ntrolle r us es 1 a ddres s .) 2 If buse s 1 and 2 are connecte d to separate hos t SCSI cards: ⢠13 address es are ava ilabl e on bus 1 for ot her de vices. ⢠14 address es are ava ilabl e on bus 2 for ot her de vices. If buses 1 a nd 2 are daisy-c hained : ⢠12 addr ess es are ava ila ble on the bus for ot her devices .
3-13 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Sett ing an d Vie wing SCSI IDs L ibrary Operat ion 7. The curr ent SCS I ad d r ess se tt ing fl ashe s. Pr es s NEXT or PRE V unt il th e desi red ad dre ss displ ays, then press ENTER . 8. Pr ess NEXT until UPDATE IDs NOW di splays , th en pre ss ENT ER . 9. IDs SAVED displa ys briefly , then one of the fol lowing messa ges displ ays: ⢠If the new setti ngs do not conf lic t with othe r SCSI IDs in the lib rary , SCSI IDs * displa ys. ⢠If the new setti ngs conflic t with other IDs in the library , CONFLICT ABORTED displ ays briefl y , then SET IDs * displays. Any changes ent ered a r e lo s t , an d p r ev i ous st eps mu st b e r epea te d t o se t a ne w a d d r ess . If any bus es are da isy ch ained t ogethe r , make sure the SCSI IDs ar e dif fere nt fo r each device o n the bus. ⢠I f a s eri al c o mmu n i ca ti ons e r r or i s d e te cted w hil e t r yin g t o s et th e SC S I ID s , DRV CONNECT ERR dis plays, followe d by IDs NOT CHANGED . Any c h an ges ent ered ar e l o s t. Th e SCSI IDs * menu displ a ys. 10. Pre ss CANCEL th r e e ti m e s t o r et u rn to the d r ive st at u s ( â read y â st at e). NOTE T o sa ve ne w se tti ngs ca n be save d to fla sh ROM, turn th e li brary off, then turn it back on. This a llows t he s ettin gs to be rec overed if the li brary i s po wered o ff fo r mo r e th a n te n da ys . Do not sw itch off powe r to the l ibrar y unt il t he S CSI b us i s in activ e. R emovin g po wer from a SCSI perip heral when the bus is ac tive can res ult in data loss and/or inde termi nat e bus states. (Chec k the host syst em man ual s for informat ion a bout chec ki ng the SCSI bus st atus.) If the host is conn ected to a LAN, be sur e to ch eck with the syst em admini strator before shut ting of f power to the library .
3-14 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting an d Vie wing SCS I IDs Inter pr eting SCSI Bus S tatus Indic ator LEDs Eac h SC SI bus ha s a n LED to indic ate the bus st atus. T abl e 3-3 S C SI S tat u s I ndi ca t o rs V iewing Curr ent SCSI Ad d res s Settings T o vie w t he cur rent SC SI addr ess s ettin gs: 1. V erify that the drive status displ ays. If no t, pr ess CANCEL until it doe s. 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Pa sswordâ on page 3-9). 4. Pr e ss NEXT until SCSI IDs * dis plays, then press EN TER . 5. SET IDS * displays. Press NEXT until VIEW IDS * d isp lays, t hen pre ss ENTER . 6. BUS # LIB ID # or BUS # DRV # ID * displa ys . (BUS # L IB ID # stand s for the c urrent SCSI ID of t he robo tics cont roller . BUS # DR V # ID # i s t he cu rrent SCSI ID setti ng for the dis pla yed drive numbe r and it s associa te d BUS#.) 7. Pr ess NEXT or PREV to scr oll t hrough the current addr ess se ttings . 8. Pr e ss CANCEL until the next operat ion t o perfo rm di s play s, or u ntil the d rive stat us ( library âreadyâ sta te) displ ays. Indica tion St a t u s S teady gree n Port active and OK. Int ern al (on-boa rd) ter mination ena bl e d. Flas hin g green Port act ive and OK. Int ern al (on-boa rd) ter mination dis abled. No light Port not ac tive or not confi gured. Fl ash i ng r ed Bus mi sm at ch or lo ss o f ex t er n al ter m in a ti o n p ow e r . Flas hing y ellow Bu s of f-l ine f or on-li ne dri ve re place m ent . 1 2 â ADMIN * â SCSI IDs * â VIEW IDs *
3-15 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary L oa din g T ape C a rt r i dg es Int o th e L ib ra ry L ibrary Operat ion Lo adin g T ap e Ca rt ri dge s In to t h e Li bra ry Inse rting/Remo v ing Cart ri dges with Soft war e If th e softwa re package requi res that cartri dges be ins ert ed and removed using the soft ware, c heck t he soft ware d oc umenta tion b efor e proc eeding . Labe l al l cart ridge s before ins er tin g them int o t he magazi nes. (S ee âLabeling T ape Cart ridges â on pag e 2-4.) The bar c ode s an d s to rage s lot locat ions are st ored in li brary m emory when the doo r is c los ed and the I nven tory Check test is aut omat ic ally run. Keeping Cartrid ges in the Magazine T o p reve nt cart ridg es from sli din g out of the bulk loa d magazin es w h en in serti ng the m i nto th e l ibr ar y: ⢠Do n o t u s e ex ce ssi ve fo r ce w h e n ins ert ing t h e ma ga zi nes. This can ca use the maga zin e âlat chingâ mechan isms to fa il . ⢠Do not inse rt magazi nes when the li brar y power is turn ed off. During norm al librar y op erati on, t he cartr idge r e lea s e b utton on top of the m agazine is pu s hed down by a specia l mechani sm insid e the libr ary . This âunloc ks â the cartri dge s, allowi ng them to be ins ert ed and remove d f r om th e s tora ge slots as need ed. When th e contr o l panel RELEASE DOOR opt ion is ena bled, t he button o n top of the m agazine is r elease d, whic h âr e locks â t he ca rtridge s in to the maga zi ne sl ots . Durin g a p ower fa ilure, h owe ver , thi s bu tton i s no t rel eased, and cartr idges c an slid e out of their sto rage sl ots if a magazi ne is inse rted or r em oved fr om the librar y . (If no magazines are in a librar y , the spec ia l m ech anism defaul ts t o the posit ion t hat ke eps cartridge s l ocked into the m agazine st orage s lot.)
3-16 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Loadi ng T a pe C ar tridg es In to th e Lib r ary Loading T ap es T apes a re bulk loaded into magazines , whi ch a re the n ins erte d into t he li brary through the front ac ce s s door . The lib rary holds from one to thre e 5-slot magazin es. T o lo ad ta p es in t o th e m ag az in e : 1. V erify that the dri ve status displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. V erify that a ll dr ives in t he li brary are e m pty (see t he not e be low). NOTE The dri ve( s) must be empty befor e the acc es s door ca n be released . If the drive( s ) are no t em pt y , EMPTY DRIVES NO disp lays. P r es s NEXT or PREV until EMPTY DRIVES YES displ ays, then pre s s ENT ER . 3. Pr e ss NEXT or PREV until RELEASE DOOR dis p l a y s . 4. Pr ess ENTER . DOOR RELEASED di spl a y s. I f a n err or me ssa ge d i sp lay s, se e âT rouble shoot ingâ o n page 3-38. ) NOTE Some sec urity con figur at ions may prev ent the ac ce ss door from be ing release d. If a se curi ty opt ion is en abl ed, SECURITY ENABLED di sp lay s a fter th e RELEASE DOOR opt ion is chosen. In some situ ations it may be neces s ary to overri de a securi ty opt ion a nd o pen the acc es s door . T o open the ac cess door when a sec urity opti on prevent s the door fr om bein g rele ased, us e the OVERRIDE DOOR option und er the ADMIN * menu (Fi gure 3- 2 on pa ge 3- 8). 5. Unlock the acc es s door us ing the ke y .
3-17 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary L oa din g T ape C a rt r i dg es Int o th e L ib ra ry L ibrary Operat ion 6. Open the acce s s door by pulli ng the t op of the d oor outwa rd. NOTE Do not l et t he door fall op en. The door s traps may be damage d. F igu re 3 - 3 Ope ni ng t he Fro nt A c ce ss D oor 7. Insert up to five tap e cartri dge s into a magazi ne so that the tape bran d nam e prin ted o n the top o f t he cart ridge is fa cing up and the tape labe l is fa cing out. T h e ta pe s s hou l d âc lic kâ i n to p lac e. Fi gur e 3-4 Lo adin g T ape Ca rt ridg es i n to t he Ma g azi ne
3-18 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Loadi ng T a pe C ar tridg es In to th e Lib r ary 8. Insert the magazi ne so it l i nes up with the arrow on the l abel in s ide the librar y , the han dle is fac in g the front of the libra ry , and the t apes are facing the i ns ide of the t a pe lib rary . T he m agaz ine shou ld âc lickâ int o plac e. Figur e 3-5 Ins erting Magazines 9. Shut and l ock t he acce ss do or u s ing the k ey lo c k. Ma ke sure the door i s s hut c o mp le te l y . NOTE The library INVENTORY CHECK te st run s w hen t he ac ce ss d oor i s cl os ed so th at an inve ntory of tape bar co de labels and s torage slot loc ations ca n be stored int o library memory . This proc ess tak es abou t one minut e. The test fail s if the door i s not com plete ly shut. W ARNING Do not attempt to disable the interlocks. If the library is operating with fewer than three ma gazines inserted and the door open, the user can be exposed to Clas s II laser light emitted fr om the bar code r eader .
3-19 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Remov ing T ape C artr id ges fro m the Li brary L ibrary Operat ion Removing T a pe Cartridges fr om the Library The tape lib rary is des igned t o h old from one to thr ee 5-s lot m agaz ines. Fol low t hese steps to remove magaz ine s fro m the library : NOTE Some software pack ages requi re th at tape c art ridges be inserte d and re mov ed using the software . If a software package manage s files in the li brary , check the software do cumentatio n before p roceeding. NOTE All drive s must be empty bef ore the acce s s door can be release d. In addit ion, some se curi ty co nfigur at ion s may preven t the acces s d oor f r o m b ein g rele as ed. If a se curi ty opt ion is en abl ed, SECURITY ENABLED di sp lay s a fter th e RELEASE DOOR opt ion is chosen. T o rem ove magazi nes from the libra ry: 1. V erify that t he dri ve s tatus displays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. V eri f y th a t al l d ri v es in th e lib r ar y ar e em pt y . 3. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until RELEASE DOOR dis p l a y s . 4. Pr ess ENTER . DOOR RELEASED disp la ys. (See the fol lowi ng note. If an error message dis plays, s ee âT roublesho otingâ on pa ge 3-38 .) NOTE The dri ve( s) must be empty befor e the access door can be re leased. If the dr ive (s) are no t em pt y , EMPTY DRIVE NO disp la ys. Pres s NEXT or PRE V until EMPTY DRIVE YES displ a y , then pres s ENTER . In some situ ations it may be neces s ary to overri de a securi ty opt ion a nd o pen the acc es s door . T o open the ac cess door when a sec urity opti on prevent s the door fr om bein g rele ased, use the OVERRIDE DOOR optio n un der th e ADMIN * menu (see Fig ure 3-2 on page 3-8 ) .
3-20 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Remov ing T ape Cartr id ges from the Li bra ry 5. Unlock the acc es s door us ing the ke y , then open the door . NOTE Do not l et t he door fall op en. Da mage t o the door st raps m ay occur . F igu re 3 - 6 Ope ni ng t he Fro nt A c ce ss D oor 6. Remove the des ired magazine by pus hing the but ton at the top of the magazi ne handle (se e Figur e 3-7) and pull ing out the m aga zi ne. Figur e 3-7 Removin g Magazi n es
3-21 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Remov ing T ape C artr id ges fro m the Li brary L ibrary Operat ion 7. If necess ar y , remove tape s from th e m agaz in e. Press the button on top of th e magazin e, t hen pu ll out the tape . W ARNING Do not attempt to disable the i nterl ocks. If the l i brary is operating with fewer than thr ee magazine s inserted and the door open , the user c an be exposed to Clas s II laser light emitted fr om the bar code r eader . 8. Shut and l ock t he acce ss do or u s ing the k ey lo c k. Ma ke sure the door i s s hut c o mp le te l y . NOTE The li bra ry INVENTORY CHECK test runs when th e acces s door is compl et ely clos ed so th at an i nventor y of t ape b ar co de label s a nd stora ge s lot l ocati ons ca n be sto red into li bra r y memory . Thi s process ta kes abo ut one minu te.
3-22 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Viewin g Ca rtr id ge B ar C ode La bels V i e w in g C a rtr id ge B ar C o de La b el s Bar cod e label info rmation ca n be viewed f or each tape cartrid ge in the li brar y using the co ntrol pane l. Bar code in formation dis pl ays sequ entia lly by storage sl ot nu mber . T o vie w bar code i nfor m atio n: 1. V erify that the dri ve sta tus displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until VIEW BAR CODES * di splays , th en press ENTER . ###### SLOT # displays. (â#### ##â represents the bar code in formation, and â#â represent s the first s tora ge slot that cont ains a bar coded tape ca rtridge .) NOTE If there a re no bar coded tape cartr idges i n the librar y , LIBRARY EMPTY di splays br iefly , t hen VIEW BAR CODES * displays. Pres s CANCEL t o re tur n t o the d r iv e statu s i n dic ators (âreadyâ st at e). 3. Pr ess NEXT or PREV to scroll through the s tora ge slot loc ations tha t conta in ba r coded ta pe c artridg es. 4. Pr ess CANCEL twice to return to the dri ve sta tus indi cators (ârea dyâ state ).
3-23 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Cle aning the L ibra ry T a pe D riv es L ibrary Operat ion Cleaning the L ibrar y T ape Drives NOTE Clea ning the drive s takes about 5 mi nut e s per dri ve an d requi res a specia l digita l line ar tape cle ani ng cartri dge . (T ypic ally , cleani ng cartri dge s are light ye llow and data car tridges are black, brown, or white. See App endix A for a lis t of suppl ies.) The dri ve m ec hanisms do not re quire s che duled cl ea ning s and should be cle aned on ly if a â cle an drive â status indi cator di spla ys af te r the dri ve number . Se e âUnde rstan ding Displ ay W indow Messa gesâ on page 3-4. If a cle aning cartridge is not st ored i nside the ta pe l ibrary , i t must be i nserted into a libra ry storage slo t before you begin clea ning the drive . If th e clea nin g cart rid ge needs to be re pla ced , REPLACE CLEANING disp l ays. The software package may m a nage drive cleani ng. T o clean one or more of the drive s : 1. V erify that t he dri ve s tatus displays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Make sur e all driv es are empty . T o empty the d rive s, ref er to the doc ume nta tion fo r t h e soft wa re pa ck ag e . 3. Pr e ss NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 4. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Adminis trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 5. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss NEXT until CLEAN DRIVES * di splays , the n pre ss ENT ER . ⢠If th e li brary power has been tur ned off or the access door has been opene d sin ce a cle aning cartr idge l ocati on was last se lect ed, SET CLEAN CART* di s plays. P r es s E NTER . ⢠If the librar y power has not been turne d off or the access door ha s not be en op ene d si nce a clea ning car t ridg e locat ion wa s la st se lect ed, CLN CART LOC # dis plays (the n um ber of the cle aning cartr idge st orage slot l a st 1 2 â ADMIN * â CLEAN DRIVES *
3-24 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Cle aning the Li brary T a pe D riv es sel e ct ed is fl as hi n g .) If th e st or a g e slo t lo cat i on is co r r ec t , pr e ss ENT E R . T o se lect a dif ferent stor a ge sl ot loc ation , press NEXT unti l the corr ect st orag e slo t locat ion disp la ys, the pr es s ENTER . 6. ###### SLOT # displ ays (â######â is a b arcode nu mber or is blan k if barcode s are not bei ng used, and the storag e slot loca ti on number is fla shing ). Press ENTER to se le ct the displ ayed stora ge slot loc ation or pre ss NEXT or PREV to s ele ct a d i ffer ent s to r age s l ot lo ca t ion , th en pr e ss ENTE R . 7. CLEAN DRIVE 1 displays and the â1â is fla shing. Pre s s NEXT until th e driv e number to cle an di splays, the n press ENT ER . T o clean both drive s, press NEXT or PREV until CLEAN DRIVE ALL di splays , th en pre ss ENT ER . NOTE If t he dri ves ar e not em pty , a DRIVE FULL mes sage d ispla ys, a nd the drive s mus t be empti ed before they c an be c le aned. If the s lot l oca tion chose n in St ep 4 did no t cont ain a clea ning cart ridg e, NOT CLEAN CART displ ays brie fly , the n CLEAN FAIL # d ispl ays. Press CA NCEL to t w ic e to retur n to t h e âr e ad yâ sta te . Che c k th e bulk l oad maga zi nes in th e librar y t o loca te t he c leaning c artri dge. If no cleaning cart ridge is p rese nt, i nsert o ne int o an ava il ab l e slo t . In th e eve n t o f a d riv e er r o r , su ch as a ser i al co m mu n i ca ti o ns fai lu re , FAILED di splays and the CLEA N DRIVES * me nu di s p l a y s . CLEANING DRV # displays (# is the numbe r of the dri ve being cle ane d). When th e dr i v e ha s be en cl ea ne d , CLEANED DRV # di s p l a y s br i e f l y , th e n CLEAN DRIVES * is aga in dis played . 8. Pr ess CANCEL until the next operat ion t o perfo rm di s play s, or u ntil the d rive status indi cators (li brary âre adyâ st ate) are displ ayed.
3-25 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Settin g Co nfig ura tion Opti ons L ibrary Operat ion Setting Configura ti on Options Y ou can s et c ert ain opt ions t o custom iz e the way the librar y operat es . These options ar e call ed c onfigura tio ns. T o cha nge a confi guratio n: 1. V erify that t he dri ve s tatus displays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Adminis trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss NEXT until CONFIG * displ ays , then pre ss ENT ER . 5. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until the name of th e configu rat ion you wish to set dis plays , th en pre ss ENT ER . If the confi gurati on has multi ple sett ings, the c urrent sett ing flas hes. Ot herwise, the config uration op tion i s set and a co nfirmatio n message displ ays. ( C onfigura tion o pti ons are des cribed on the foll owin g page s.) If the curre nt config uration setti ng is fla shing, press NEXT or PREV unt il t he desi red set ting displ ays, then pres s ENTER . OPTION SAVED displ ays. 6. Pr ess CANCEL to r e tur n to the dr ive st atus (ârea dyâ st ate). The ta bl e on the follo wing page de scrib e s the avai la ble confi gurati ons. 1 2 â ADMIN * â CONFIG *
3-26 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting Con figu rati on Optio ns T able 3-4 Configurat ion Options Config Name Descri ption Default RECOVERY ON/OFF If t he conf ig u ratio n is set t o ON, t h e li brar y at tempt s to re co v er fro m err ors . If the confi gurati on is set to OF F , the librar y immed iately stops m ov ing if a n error oc curs. The defa ult confi guratio n i s RECOVERY ON and should remai n ON under no rmal co nditions . ON RESTORE DEFAULTS Se ts all libra ry configu ration s back to th ei r defa ult setti ngs. â CLEAR ODOMETERS Used by servi ce personne l only . Set s all libr ary od ometer s back to ze ro. â STARWARS ON/OFF Used by servi ce personne l only a nd sho uld be set t o ON du ring nor m al op erat ion. If th e c o nfi g ur a ti o n is se t to O N , the l ibr ar y ru ns wit h the v er t ical sen s o r s enabl es. If t h e co nfigu r atio n is set t o OFF , the li brary runs with ve rtica l s ens ors disable d. ON NEW PASSWORD Allows you to change t he nu merical password r e quire d to access the opt ions unde r the ADMIN * menu on the libr ary contro l panel. These opti ons i nclude confi gurati ons, te sts, and i nfor m atio n logs . T o cha nge t he password , s ee âSetting a New Adm inistra tion Menu Passwordâ on pag e 3-10. â SCSI LOG ON/OFF Used by s ervice p ersonnel only , and should be s et to OFF during norma l o pe ratio n. Track s in t er n al S CS I st at es an d sav es the in formati on to a log. OFF SECURE ON/OFF When set to ON, ta pe magazine s cannot be loa ded or removed . If the co nfigurat ion is set to OFF , the libra ry operat es in it s defau lt state , which allows ca rtridge s to be loa ded and remove d. OFF POWER SECURE ON/OFF Whe n se t to ON, the SECURE ON/OFF co nfigurat ion set ti ng is re ta ine d in the even t of a powe r outa ge. I f th is conf igu ration is set t o OF F , the li brar y re turn s to i ts de f aul t se tting o f POWER SECURE OFF when power is ret urned after bei ng shut of f. OFF
3-27 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Settin g Co nfig ura tion Opti ons L ibrary Operat ion REP RECOVERED ON/OFF When set to ON, the recovered e rrors are report ed. When set to OFF , the recovere d error s a r e not re port ed. ON CONF40 ON/OFF Us ed by serv ice pers onn e l only . Do not at tempt to us e this confi guratio n â to do so m ay resul t in a ser vic e call . â BARCODE ON/OFF When set to ON, th e barcodes and slot lo c ati ons are stor ed into libra ry memory when th e front access door is closed and the In vent ory Check tes t runs. When set to OF F , the barcode s are not reco rded when the Invent ory Che ck test runs . ON Config Name Descri ption Default
3-28 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Retri eving Pe rfor man ce Inf orm ation Re trie vi n g Per for man ce In f o rmat i on Us e th e INFO * opt ion t o d isplay informati on about the op erati ons o f the libra ry . This inf o r ma ti on is calle d a log. T o ac ces s a n i nfor ma ti on l og: 1. V erify that the dri ve status displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss ENTE R . 5. Pr e ss NEXT until the name o f t he lo g to a ccess displ ays, the n pr ess ENTER . A n asteri sk (*) indic ates tha t there are more ch oic es beneat h the d is playe d choi ce. 6. Pr ess CANCEL to r e tur n to the dr ive st atus (ârea dyâ st ate). 1 2 â ADMIN * â INFO *
3-29 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary R etrie vi ng Perf o rma nc e Info rma tion L ibrary Operat ion T able 3-5 In formation Logs Lo g Name Des cription REVISION Dis plays the li bra ryâ s firmware rev ision number . LIB ODOMETERS * Press ENTE R to sel ect the o dom eter log s . HOU RS # Number of operat ion hours (tim e during which powe r was on). So me tim e may hav e been spent in power re ductio n mode. MOV ES # T o ta l number of moves and move att empts by the cart ridge tra ns port mechan ism. XLA TES # T ota l n umber of cart ridge trans port mechanis m hori zontal moves. DRIVE LOADS * Press ENTE R to selec t the logs desc ribed in the next few rows. DRI VE 1 Number of tape cartridg e loads f or drive 1 . DRI VE 2 Numbe r of t ape cartridg e loads f o r drive 2 (t wo drive libra ry only) . DRIVE FW * Pr ess ENTE R to selec t the firmware r evi sion of the dr ive y ou want to se e. D1 REV ISION # Firmware revis ion of drive 1. D2 REV ISION # Firmwar e revi s ion of dri ve 2 (two drive li bra ry only) . INTERFACE FW * Press ENTE R t o s e le ct t h e Int erf a ce bo ar d r e vis i on. BUS NUM = Pre ss NEXT or PREV to di spla y the inte rface bu s numbe r t o se le ct , th e n v ie w : FAS T WIDE SCS I Di sp la y s th e in te r f ac e ty p e. 805 2 Rev # Displ ays the 8052 firmwa re. 805 2 CKSUM # Disp lay s the 8052 chec ks um revisi on. COB RA REV# Displays the r e vision of the i nterface chip (C obra).
3-30 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Retri eving Pe rfor man ce Inf orm ation HARD ERROR * Log of unre co verable erro rs (commands that did not suc ce ssfu lly co m plete ). Retur ns eith er NO HARD ENTRIES or ENTRY # . ( T here m ay be mul ti ple hard e rror n umbers.) Press ENTE R to view the l og for th e currentl y d isplaye d error , o r pr ess NEXT to sel ec t th e nex t er r or . SOFT ERROR * Log of re cove re d errors (co mmands succe ssful ly complet ed). Return s eith er NO SOFT ENTRIES or ENTRY # . (There may be multiple sof t error nu m be rs .) P r es s ENTER to view the log for the curre ntly dis pl a yed error , or press NEXT to s ele ct th e ne xt err or . RECOVERY ERROR * L og of er rors duri ng most recent m ove. Retur ns eithe r NO ENTRIES or t he number of recove ry errors. Press ENTER to vi ew the lo g f o r th e curr ent ly d isplaye d error , o r pr ess NEXT to sel ec t th e nex t er r or . Err or Logs HARDWARE ERR# I n d i ca te s th e ca us e of th e f ai lu re . FRU 1 # Fi eld repl aceable u nit most li kel y to be at faul t. FRU 2 # Fi eld r eplac eable u nit se cond m ost likel y to be at f ault. FRU 3 # Fi eld r eplac eable u nit t hird m ost likel y to be at f ault. MOTION <name> <na me> indic at es t he type of mo vemen ts tak ing pl ace at the ti m e of the fa il u r e : EXC HANGE MOV E POS ITION INI T ELEM REZ ERO ROT ATE DIA GNOSTIC RES TORE SOURCE # Elem e nt n um b er t o wh i ch th e so u rce r efe rs . (V al id fo r MOVE, EXCHANGE , and POSITION m ovement s on ly .) Lo g Name Des cription
3-31 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary R etrie vi ng Perf o rma nc e Info rma tion L ibrary Operat ion DESTINATION 1 # El em e n t to w hi c h th e f i rs t de s t in a ti o n r ef er s . (V al id fo r MOVE and EXC HANGE movements only .) DESTINATION 2 # Elem ent to which the sec ond de stinati on refers. (V alid for EXCHANGE move ment on ly .) ODOMETER # Mo ve num ber i n which the error occurred. MICROMOVE 1 # Fi rst li brary micr o-m ove fo r the ori gina l move command is su ed be fore t he fa il u r e . MICROMOVE 2 # Se co nd libr ary micr o-m ove for th e origina l mo ve co mmand issue d befo re the f ai lu r e . MICROMOVE 3 # Thi rd library micro-m ove for the origi nal move command is sued before the fa il u r e . MICROMOVE 4 # Fou rth libra ry micro- move for the origi na l move com mand is sued before the f ai lu r e . MICROMOVE 5 # Fi fth libra ry mi cro -move for th e ori ginal move c omman d is s ued before the fa il u r e . MICROMOVE 6 # La st libra ry micr o-mo ve for th e origina l move comm and iss ued before the fa il u r e . MICROMOVE ER # Actu al micro-move e rror that occurre d. Lo g Name Des cription
3-32 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Run nin g an I nte rnal T es t Running an Internal T est The libra ry ca n run s elf-d iagnos tic tests . T o run t hese t ests, foll ow t hese st eps: CAUTIO N Some diagno stic tes t s can place tape cartr idges in unex p ec ted loc at ions. The se te sts shou ld be run only by aut hori zed servic e personne l. 1. V erify that the drive status displ ays. If no t, pr ess CANCEL until it doe s. 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * appear s in the displ ay window , then pre ss ENTER . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * disp lays . P res s N EXT or PREV until TEST * di spla ys, th en press ENTER . 5. Pr e ss NEXT until the name o f t he te st to run disp lays, then pre ss EN TER . 6. NUM LOOPS # displa ys, wher e the 1 is fla sh ing. Pres s N EXT unti l the number of test loops you wis h to run dis pla ys, the n press ENT ER . NOTE Press CANCEL at any ti me to abo r t a tes t. TEST CANCEL - WAI T displa ys whi le t he cu r r e nt tes t loop comp letes . 1 2 â ADMIN * â TEST *
3-33 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Runn ing an In tern al T est L ibrary Operat ion T able 3-6 Inte rnal T ests Te s t N a m e Description EXERCISE MECH Runs th e VERTICAL TEST , TRANSLATE TEST , MAGAZINE IO , a nd DRIVE IO test s. Each tes t is run one tim e per test loo p. EXCHANGE DEMO Use d by service personne l only . Do not r un this test if the library contains tape c ar tridges wi th file s ystem data on them. This te st move s rando mly chos en ca rtr idges to rando m stora ge slot loc ations. Thi s test displ ays FAIL if th ere are no cartr idges i n the librar y or if all stora ge slot s are full. For bes t result s, th e li brary shou ld con tain as many ca rtri dges a s th ere are drives, p lus two addit ional ca rt ridges . The transport must be empty . IO DRIVE Mak es a combi nation of mo ves wit h a PASS/FAIL re s ult. I f the drive s are empt y , a tape cart ridge is moved from a rando mly chose n full s lot to a randomly ch osen d r iv e. If t he dri ves ar e full , a tap e cart rid ge is mov ed from a r an d omly chos en dri ve to a ra ndomly chosen sto rage sl ot. I t then move s t he cart ridge back t o it s or i g in a l loca t io n . T h is te st di s p la y s FAIL if ther e ar e n o ca rtri dge s in the libra ry or if all st orage slot s are full. The tr ansport and th e m ail slot mus t be emp ty . IO MAGAZINE Makes a combi nation of mo ves wit h a PASS/FAIL result . It m oves a tape cart ridge from a random full sl ot to a random empty s lot. It th en moves the tap e cart ridge back to it s origina l storage sl ot. This tes t displays FAIL if th er e ar e no c artr id g es in th e li br ar y o r i f a ll s to r age s lot s ar e fu ll . Th e d riv es , t ran sp o rt, a n d th e mail s lot m ust be empt y . IO MAILSLOT Makes a combi nation of mo ves wit h a PASS/FAIL result . It m oves a tape cart ridge from a random full sl ot to the mail slot. It the n moves the tape car tridge ba c k to i ts o ri g ina l s to rag e s l ot. T his te st di s pl ay s FAIL if th er e a re n o ca rtr i dg es in the l ibrary or if all st orage slot s are fu ll. The driv es, tran sport, and t he mailslot must be empt y . INVENTORY CHECK Func tions th e s ame as th e SCSI In iti aliz e El emen t St atu s c omman d. Th is test phy s ica lly s cans the e ntire unit to de termine which stor age s lots c ontai n tap e cart ridges a nd if th e driv es cont ain c artri dges. NOTE: Thi s tes t will appe ar a s ISTAT TEST in all f ront pa nel error messages. TEST TRANSLATE T ransla tes from si de to side. No tape cartridg es are required . TEST VERTICAL Moves t he tra nsport mecha nism u p and down the f ull l ength of the ra il. Return s PASS/FAIL . No tape cartridg es are required .
3-34 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Run nin g an I nte rnal T es t WELLNESS TEST Check s the gen era l ca pab ili ty of the lib rary . Requ ire s one loa d ed ta pe cart rid ge, but t he dri ves and t ransport must b e empty . Runs INIT MECHANICS and EXERCISE MECH . Each test is run one time pe r test lo op. FIND PLUNGE HOME Run s mec hani sm recalib rartion, determin es the refer ence points in the pic ker tr avel path, and te sts the pic ker . This te st ass ume s that t he mec han ics an d se rvo syste m a r e functio nal . No tape cartr idges are re quire d. FIND VERT HOME Recali brates the v ert ical posi tion and verifi es tha t the vert ical path is cl ean. No tape cartridg es are required . FIND XLATE HOME Cali brat es the tr ansl at e p o s it io n . No tape ca rtri dges ar e r equ ir e d. INIT MECHANICS Run s th e FIND PLUNGE HOME , FIND VERTICAL HOME , FIND XLATE HOME , an d INIT ELEM STATUS tes t s . Ea ch te st is r un o ne ti m e per te st loop . EMPTY DRIVES Used b y serv ice personnel only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary conta ins tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Moves cartrid ges out of th e dri ve me chan ism an d r etur ns t hem to the ir or igi nal st orag e sl ot l ocati ons if the lo ca tio ns are know , othe rwis e the cartri dges are pla ced int o the firs t avail abl e sto rage slot . EMPTY PICKER Used b y serv ice personnel only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary conta ins tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Moves a tape cartri dge from the cart rid ge tra ns port me cha nism to its orig inal s tor a ge slot loc at ion if th e lo catio n is kn ow , otherwis e t he ca rtridge is plac ed i nto th e firs t a vaila ble s torag e slo t. FILL PICKER Used b y serv ice personne l only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary contains tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Moves a tape cartri dge in to the car tridge tr anspor t mechanism f rom the first storag e s lot c ontaini ng a cart ridge . REWIND MEDIA Used b y serv ice personnel only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary conta ins tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Rewind s the ta pe in the drive( s) and open s th e so le noid in the dri ve handle, whi ch al lows the tap e to be remov ed from th e drive by li fting the handle s. If t he pic ker m alfunc tions , use t hi s opt ion to get th e ta pes out of the driv e. CLEAR SOFT LOG Se ts the soft error log to zero. CLEAR HARD LOG S e ts th e har d er r o r lo g to z er o . Te s t N a m e Description
3-35 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Runn ing an In tern al T est L ibrary Operat ion PLUNGE FULL SPD Allows the cart ridge trans port m ec hanics to run at full spe ed. This se tti ng shoul d alway s be us ed u nder no rmal librar y opera tions . PLUNGE 1/2 SPD Used b y s e rv i ce pe rsonn el o n l y . Allows the car tridge tr ans por t mecha nics to r un at hal f spe ed. SENSOR TRANSLATE T es ts the hor iz ontal pa th that th e ca r tri dge t r ans por t me ch anism foll ows when movin g fr om one stack of tap e cartridge s to anot her . Displays ON or OFF . If OFF di sp lays, the se ns or is bloc k. (T his displ ay is autom aticall y update d if the sen so r sta tus cha nge.) Re qui res the use of one ta pe cartridge . SENSOR MAGAZINE The displ ays shows M1 1 M2 1 M3 1 . Eac h â1â in di ca t es th a t th e ca d dy is in plac e. If a â0â is dis playe d, t he c addy h as not be en ins ert ed into th e libra ry . (This disp lay is automat ical ly upda ted if the sensor stat us changes. ) SENSOR STARWARS The displ ay shows 0 0 . Ea ch â0 â in d i ca te s one of the pa th s th a t th e ca r tr i d ge tr an sp o r t me ch an i s m follows in front of each st ack of tape cartri dges . If the path is clea n, a 0 dis pla ys; if th e pa th is bloc ked (b ecaus e of a cart ridg e that is not in se r te d full y int o its stor age sl ot for exa mple ), an * wil l be di spla yed. (This dis play is auto mati cally upd ate d if the sensor s tat us change s .) VERTICAL ENCODER Moves the ca rtr i dge tra nsport mec hanism down, mov es it ba ck up a short di stanc e , the n mov es it ba ck dow n . The las t ti me the t r an s po rt mech anism is moved do w n t he number of en coder counts i s verif ied. Re turns PASS/FAIL . No tape cartridg es are required . Te s t N a m e Description
3-36 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Usi ng Onlin e Dr ive Repla ce m ent Using Online Drive Replacement CAUTIO N Unl ess t he s ituat ion de scri bed be low e xists , t his options shoul d only be use d b y an au th orized s er v ice repr esen ta tiv e. Using this op tio n causes the libr ary drive m ec h a ni s m( s) t o beco me inac tiv e. Online dr ive r eplacem ent is an import ant ne w fea ture t hat allows: ⢠an au tho rized ser v ice repr esen tat ive to rep lace a f aul ty dri ve whil e th e librar y is acti ve ⢠a user to cle ar a dri ve c leaning error when a tape that m ay be damage d is in the driv e This fea tu re shoul d on ly be use d by an aut horize d servic e represe ntati ve. However , if an olde r , freque ntly used ta pe causes a dri ve cleanin g mess a ge to be displa yed more than onc e and you sus pect the ta pe i s damaged, use t he âOnli ne Repa irâ opti on can be us ed to cle a r th e drive error me ssage so you ca n a ttem pt to r ecover da ta from the damaged tape . T o use thi s option to clear a dri ve c leaning erro r: 1. W ith CLEAN DRV # displ ayed, pres s CANCEL until the dri ve status dis plays. (# is the dr ive nu mbe r cont ainin g t he da maged tape . ) 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss NEXT or PRE V until ONLINE REPAIR * disp lays, the n press EN TER . DRIVE POWER * display s. 1 2 â ADMIN * â ONLINE REPAIR *
3-37 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Us ing Onli ne Driv e R epl ac emen t L ibrary Operat ion 5. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until DRIVE STATUS d isplays , t hen pre ss ENTER . DRV 1 ON GOOD display s. ⢠If the damaged ta pe is in dr ive 1, press ENT ER . ⢠If the damaged ta pe is in driv e 2, press NEXT unti l DRV 2 ON GOOD displ ays, then pr ess ENTER . DRV # ON GOOD displa ys, where â#â i s the drive numbe r and ON GOOD is flas hing. 6. Press N EXT un til DRV # OFF FAILED d isp l ays then pre ss ENTER . 7. CHANGE CONFIRMED displa ys bri efly , th en ONLINE REPAIR * d i sp la ys . Press ENTER . 8. DRIVE POWER * displays. 9. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until DRIVE STATUS d isplays , t hen pre ss ENTER . 10. Pre ss NEXT or PREV until DRV # OFF FAILED displays (wher e â#â is the number of th e driv e that was just ta ken off -line) th en pre s s ENTER . 11 . DRV # OFF FAILED dis plays, wher e â#â is t he dri ve numbe r and OFF FAILED i s flashi ng. 12. Pre ss NEXT until DRV # ON GOOD di splays , then press ENTER . 13 . SETTING UP DRIVE dis p la ys brie fly while the dr iv e communic a tio n tes ts ru n, foll owing b y CHANGE CONFIRMED and th en ONLINE REPAIR * . 14. Pre ss CANCEL twic e to re turn t o th e d rive num bers and sta tus i ndic ators (â readyâ stat e). 15 . T ry rea ding t he da maged t ape a gain. ⢠If th e ta pe can be re ad, back up data from the da maged cart rid ge to anothe r tape car tridge and d iscard the d a maged one. ⢠If the tape canno t be read, cal l your servic e represen tativ e.
3-38 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry T r o ubl es hoo ting T rouble shoo ting This sec tion p rovid es infor m ation o n soluti ons to probl ems t hat m ay o ccur in the op e rati on of t he l ibrary . T abl e 3-7 lists s teps t he admi nistrat or sh ould t ake b efore cons ultin g a s ervice represe ntati ve. NOTE If you de cide t hat a se rvice call i s ne eded, wr ite down the libra ry serial number before cal ling. The ser ial numb er is locat ed on a label towa rds the bottom of the libra ry on the libr ary rear pa nel. For problems that m ay be rela ted to the c omputer , refer to the host computer system do cumentatio n or libra ry app licat ion s oftware i nstruct ions. T able 3-7 T roublesho oting T abl e Pr obl em Wha t to d o Lib rary wil l not po we r on. ⢠M ake sure the powe r cord conne ctions are tight. ⢠M ak e s u r e th e po w er sw it ch is sw i tc h ed on . ( Th e p ow e r swi tch i s lo cate d on t he li brary control pane l.) ⢠M ake sure t he powe r outlet is ope ratin g. ⢠Replac e the power c ord with a known good one . ⢠If t he li brary s til l wonât power on, call a se rvice rep r ese n ta ti v e. Power-on t est failed. DEVICE FAILED displa ys. ⢠V erify tha t all ta pe s in the bul k loa d mag azines a r e ful ly ins erted in t he maga zines, and that the magazin es are se cur ely locke d int o position in s ide th e tape li br ary . ⢠Press the power swit c h of f and t hen on agai n. (Se e the cau tio n note at the e nd of thi s t abl e.) ⢠I f the powe r -on test continu es to fail, pres s ENTE R , wr i te d own the displa yed e rror cod e, a nd call a se rvice represe n tativ e for assist anc e.
3-39 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary T r o ubl es hoo ting L ibrary Operat ion DEVICE FAILED displa ys. Hardware E rror #61 (Externa l SCSI cables ) is re ported . ⢠M ake sure th at only one SCSI devi ce type (singl e- ended OR d if fer ent ial) exi s ts o n th e SCSI b u s . ⢠V er if y tha t th e libr ar y SCSI s el ector s wit ch is set co rrec tl y ( eithe r sin gle-en ded or diff erenti al). ⢠V er ify that th e m od e switc h ter minat ion is s et corre ct ly . Th e lib r ary â s pow er f aile d whil e a cartr idge wa s i n the drive and did not return to t he dri ve status indi c ator s (" r ea d y " st at e) af te r th e pow e r came back on. ⢠Pre ss the pow er s wit ch of f and t hen o n a gai n. ( See the cau tio n note at the e nd of thi s t abl e.) ⢠If the power -on test is unsucces s ful, swi tc h off the powe r . Ca ll a s erv ic e r ep r ese n ta ti v e f or ass is t an c e . No displ ay m ess ages appear . ⢠Make sure the power cord is conne cted. ⢠M ak e s u r e th e po w er sw it ch is o n. ⢠P ow er c y cl e th e l ib rar y . ( See t he c au t io n n o te at t he e nd o f t his table .) ⢠If t here is s till no d ispla y , ca ll a servi ce r epre sent a tive for ass ist anc e. Pr obl em Wha t to d o
3-40 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry T r o ubl es hoo ting An error message is received afte r bulk l oading ta pe c artrid ges. ⢠V e rif y t h at ca r tri d g es are in se r ted i n to t h e ma ga zin e in t he corre ct orie nta tion. (Se e âLoad ing T ape Cart ridges Into the Libra ryâ on page 3-15.) ⢠V erify tha t the cor rect ta pe type is us ed. (See âChoosi ng T ape Cartrid gesâ on page 2-3.) ⢠If the light b ar on the dis play pa nel is orange , cyc le power to t he li brar y a nd t r y t o l oad the maga zi ne ag ain whe n th e d riv e n umb ers and status indi cato rs are displ ayed. (See th e cau tio n note at the e nd of thi s t abl e.) â¢I f SECURITY ENABLED dis plays, a se curity opt ion ha s b ee n set tha t prev ent s cart rid ges f r o m bein g load ed in to or r em oved fr om the lib rary . Se e âSe tting Con figur at ion Optio nsâ on page 3-25. â¢I f TRANSPORT FULL displ ays, the ca rt ridge tra nsport me ch ani sm alr ea dy co n tain s a ta p e ca rtr idg e . R ef er to t h e h o s t docu me ntati on or ca ll a serv ic e r ep resen tativ e to r em ove th e cartri dge fr om th e transport . â¢I f a LOAD ERROR or FAILED messag e stil l displ ays, this coul d indi cate a l ibrary failur e; cal l a s ervi ce repre sentat ive for assist anc e. Change d dr ive addre ss but t he ne w address is not recogni zed. T ry rebooti ng the hos t computer . Some comput ers requ ire this for th e new ad d r ess to b e r ecog n ized. (S ee the ca ut ion not e at the end of th is tabl e. ) Cannot rememb er the admini strati on menu password . First , try the def ault pass word (000 -000-0 00). If the defaul t is not acc ept ed , ca ll a se rvic e rep rese nta tive for as si stanc e. Attem pte d to open the front ac ce ss door , b ut a RESERVED me ssa ge displ ay s. ⢠The host m ay have res erved an eleme nt and must unreserve it. Refe r to the hos t sy st em docume ntati on to unre s erve a ta p e. ⢠A securit y con figur ati on was set to preve nt cartr idge r emoval. See SECURE ON/OFF i n t he li s t of configura tions f ound in âSett ing Configu ra t ion Opt ions â on page 3-25. St arted a test a nd need to st op. Press CA NCEL . Th e current tes t loop con tin ues unti l finis h e d, th en the test stops. Pr obl em Wha t to d o
3-41 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary T r o ubl es hoo ting L ibrary Operat ion CAUTIO N Do not pr es s the li brary power s wit ch until all SCSI per ipherals conne cted to host are s hut down. Pr essing t he po wer button when the SCSI s ystem i s act ive ca n ca us e data los s a nd/or p roblem s wit h the SCSI inter face. DO INVENTORY TEST displ ays (in iti al iz e el emen t stat us). ⢠Power c ycle the li brar y by pre ssi ng the power swit ch of f a nd t hen on agai n. (See th e cauti on note at the end of this ta b le .) ⢠Run the INVENTORY CHECK test u nde r t he TEST * menu. C annot writ e to th e ta pe. ⢠Chec k the host f ile s yst em a ccess perm issio ns. ⢠Check the write -protec t tab on the cart ridge to ass ure wri te-en abl ed s ta t u s . ⢠Check the appl icati on s oftware. Cann ot read the tape . ⢠Check the ho st f ile s ystem a ccess permis sions . ⢠V er if y tha t th e cor r ec t tape typ e is us ed (See âCho osing T ape Cartrid gesâ on page 2-3.) ⢠Check the appl icati on s oftware. Pr obl em Wha t to d o
3-42 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry T r o ubl es hoo ting
A-1 Supplies & Supp ort A Supplies and Cust omer Supp ort
A-2 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Ov erv iew Over view This ap pe nd ix cove rs: ⢠sup plie s and acc esso r ies ( pag e A-3) ⢠HP c ustomer support information (page A -6)
A-3 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Sup plies a nd Acc esso ries Supplies & Supp ort Supplies and Ac cessories A full r ange of sup plies may b e orde red t hrough a Hewle tt-Pack ard au thorize d deal er , sa le s offi ce, or through HP Dir ect. T o cont act HP Direc t, cal l 1- 800-22 7-8164 or write to HP Direct at the foll owing address : HP Direct Hewle tt- P ack ard at tn: M a il O rd e r P . O . Bo x 1145 Ro se vi lle, CA 9567 8 Call 1 -800-752-090 0 fo r the locati on of t he ne arest authori zed H ewlett -Pac kard de aler . T able A-1 Basic Sup plies a nd A ccessories It em Par t Num ber Bul k Lo ad Magazine 5- sl ot removabl e m aga zine wit h 5 HP DL T tape IV cartrid ges C5148 F 5- sl ot removabl e m aga zine, empty C5149F T ape Ca r tridges HP DL T T ape IV Dat a Cartridge with 35 Gby te/20 Gb yte Nati ve Capac it y C5141 F HP DL T T a pe II I XT Da ta C artridge with 15 Gbyt e nati ve capa ci ty C5141 A Cl eaning T a pe Car tridge C5142 A
A-4 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Sup plies an d Ac ces sori es Ba r C o d e Labels Bar Code l abe ls are not av ailab le through Hewle tt- Pack ard, but may be ord ered throu gh othe r com p a n ie s (se e s am ple la b e ls sh ip p e d in th e ac ce sso r ie s kit). W hen orde ring, make s ure t he bar c ode l abels meet the fo ll o win g s pe c if ic at i on s: Mes s ag e: 6 - c har ac te r ( 2 a lp h a, 4 nu m eri c) Dime ns ions: 2.2 in. x .82 in. Symbol ogy: code 39 wit hout c heck digit S tar t/ St op Char ac te r s : */* Narrow Bar: 0.014 in. Rati o: 2: 5:1 Print Qual ity: ANSI Grade âAâ N/A SCSI Cables (68-pin to 68-pin) .9 m (2.9 ft) SCSI cab le, high -densi ty wit h thumb scre ws to h igh- density with t humb sc rews, m -m C291 1A 2.5 m (8.2 ft) SCSI cable, high-den s ity wit h thumb screws to h igh- density with t humb sc rews, m -m C2924 A or D3636A 10 m (32.8 ft) S CS I ca ble, hig h-de nsity with thu m b sc rews to high densit y w ith thumb s crews, m-m C2925 A 20 m (65.6 ft) S CS I ca ble , high-de nsity with thu mb sc rews to high densit y w ith thumb screws, m-m C2926 A Jum per cabl e: 0 .16 m SCSI cabl e; wid e hig h-dens ity wit h t hum b sc r ews to hig h-density with thu m b scre ws, m-m C5172 -61606 Mounting Ki ts Rack mount ing kit for mo unti ng int o a stan dard 19-inc h rack C5157 F It em Par t Num ber
A-5 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Sup plies a nd Acc esso ries Supplies & Supp ort Drive Upgrade K its DL T 4000 - 1 Drive upgrad e kit (upgra des 41 15 to 4215) C5174 F DL T 7000 - 1 Drive upgrad e/convers io n kit (upg rade s 71 15 to 7215; co nve rts 4x15 to 71 15) C5174 J Us erâ s G uide (re placem ent/a ddition al) C5173-90000 It em Par t Num ber
A-6 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Hewle tt-Packar d Custome r Suppo rt If a DL T librar y fai ls durin g the warra nty period , and the troubl e shoo ting guide and use r ma nual does not s olve the pr oble m, you can recei ve suppo rt by doin g the fo llowi ng: ⢠Consul t HP F IRST or QUICK F AX for fa xback s ervic es. See â HP FIRST/ QUICK F AX Faxb ack Se rvicesâ on pa ge A-6. ⢠Cons ul t one of th e comp ut er/mo dem co n n ectiv ity se rvic es ava il abl e, suc h as Americ a Onli ne or CompuSer ve . See âElec tron ic Support S erv icesâ on pag e A-9. ⢠Consul t one of the cust om er su pport center s in your area for stan dard or post warrant y wor k. See âCusto mer Support Cent ersâ on page A-10. If the li brary fail s after the warran ty period, contact your autho r iz ed HP deal er/di stribu tor or the near est HP s ale s and servi ce offi c e. Cust om ers in the US and Europe can also us e a cre dit c ard for phone assis tance. HP FIRST/QUICK F AX F axback Services QUICK F AX and HP FIRS T ar e autom ated systems that fax r e queste d pr oduct inform ation and/o r t echnica l su pport do cuments t o you. T hese f axback servic es are avai lable 24 h ours/day . T o use thi s service, di al the a ppropri ate fax number bel ow for your country from a touc h-ton e phone . Fol low the voic e prompts to selec t an index of avai la ble supp ort and produ ct document s. NOTE Rem ember to dial the count ry code befor e the se numbers.
A-7 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Supplies & Supp ort Asia-P ac ific Aust ralia (03) 9272 26 27 Ch ina (8161 0) 6 5055280 Hon g Kong 800-7 729 In dia (01 1) 622 6420 In donesia 6221- 350-3408 Ja pan (3) 3335- 8622 Korea (02) 769- 0543 Mala ysia 800-161 1 New Zeala nd (09) 356 664 2 Phi lippine s 636-8 67-3551 Sin gapore (65) 291- 7951 T aiwan (02) 719 558 9 Thai la nd (02) 661 401 1 V ietnam 001- (84) 82 3-4530
A-8 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Europe Aust ria 06 60 63 86 Belg ium, Dutc h 0800 1 1906 Belg ium, Fr en ch 0800 170 43 Denmar k 800 1045 3 Fin land 0800 131 34 Fra nce 05 90590 0 Germany 0130 810 061 Irela nd 01 662 5525 Ital y 1678 590 20 Nethe rlands 06 022 2420 Norway 800 1 1319 Port ugal 01 441 7199 Spa in 900 9931 23 Swe den 020 7957 43 Swit zerla nd, German 0800 55 1527 Swit zerla nd, Fre nch 0800 55 1526 Unite d Kingdo m 0800 960 271 Ot her lo catio ns i n Europe 31 20 681 5792 North and South Ame ri ca (inclu de s Canada) (8 00) 368-96 73 or (970) 635- 1510 Other Countrie s (9 70) 635-15 10
A-9 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Supplies & Supp ort Electr onic S upport Services For 24-h our ac cess to inform at ion over your modem: On -line Se rv ice Pr ovide r s T echnic a l informa ti on i s avai lable on Comp uS erve and America Online . He w l e t t- Pa c kar d W e b Si t e Prod uct a nd s upport i nformatio n is a vaila ble o n the Hewlett-P ackard web s ite: Supp ort an d Pro duct i nformatio n: http:/ /www . hp.c om/go/ta pe Global sup port: htt p:/ /gl obals upt. mayfi el d.hp. com/ Ser v ic e Pro vi d e r Des c ri p t io n Ad dres s CompuServe T o downloa d softwa re, firm wa re, and s upport docum ents, and t o discus s issues in us er forum s . GO HPSYS Ameri ca Onlin e T o do wnload s oftwa re, f irmware, and s upport docum ents, and t o discus s issues in us er forum s . GO HPSTOR
A-10 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Cu st om er Su pp o r t C e nt ers NOTE Co nta ct the cu stomer s uppor t c ente r in your area for technic al assi stance du ring the warran ty of your product . North and South Ame ri ca (inclu de s Canada) Monday - Friday , 6am - 6pm MST HP Colorado T ape Drive and SureS tore CD drive rs ( 970) 635-1 500 DL T T ape Drives (970) 635- 1000 European Cus tomer Support Centers Mon day - Frida y , 8:30 - 18:00 (C. E. T ) NOTE Lang uage or country s upport mi ght not be avail abl e for all produ cts. Aust ria 06 60 63 86 Belg ium, Dutc h 02 626 8806 Belg ium, Fr en ch 02 626 8807 Denmar k 3929 409 9 Fin la nd 0203 47 288 Fra nce 01 43 62 34 34 Germany 0180 52 58 143 Irela nd 01 662 5525 Ital y 02 264 10350 Nethe rlands 020 606 8751 Norway 22 1 1 629 9 Port ugal 7095 923 50 01 Spa in 902 321 123 Swe den 08 619 2170 Swit zerland 0848 80 1 1 1 1 Unite d Kingdo m 0800 960 271
A-1 1 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Supplies & Supp ort Asia-P ac ific Aust ralia 64 (0) 3 9282 80 00 Ch ina 85 (0) 10 650 5 3888 Hon g Kong 85 (0) 2 2802 4098 800 96 7729 In dia 91 (0) 1 1 682 6035 In donesia 62 (0) 21 350 34 08 Ja pan 81 (0) 3 3335 8333 Korea 82 (0) 2 3270 0700 Outsid e Seoul: 080 999 0700 Mala ysia 60 (0) 3 295 2566 New Z ealand 64 (0) 9 356 6640 Phi li ppines 63 2 867 3551 Sin gapore 65 (0) 272 53 00 T aiwan 886 (0 ) 2 717 00 55 Thai land 66 (0) 2 661 401 1 Else whe r e Co nta ct your aut hori zed HP dealer /d istribut or or the ne are st HP sales and ser vice of fi ce.
A-12 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt T elephone S upport After W arran ty Befor e Calling Before ca lling, pleas e co mplete the f oll owing informat ion so tha t you wil l have it read y for the suppo rt cente r repr esentat ive: ⢠Seri al nu m ber of p roduct __________ ______ ____ ⢠Brand and model of hos t computer ____ ____________ ________ ⢠V ersion of s oftware use d; dri ver sel ec te d ______ ____________ _____ _ US and Canada Usin g a VISA or Master Ca rd, call one of the fol lowing: ⢠(800) 810 -0130: Pe r inc ident fe e of $25.00 will be cha r ged to the credi t card. ⢠(900) 555- 1800: $2.50 pe r mi nute wi th a maxim um of $25. 00 will be char ged t o th e cr ed i t ca r d. Europe Call t he appropr iate num ber l isted under â European Cust omer S upport Cent ersâ on page A-10. A per incide nt fee wi ll be char ged for after -wa rrant y supp ort. Plea s e have a cred it card, PO numbe r, or b ill ing number addr ess ready . Else whe r e Co nta ct your aut hori zed HP dealer /d istribut or or the ne are st HP sales and ser vice of fice f or aft er-wa rranty support. HP Re s e l ler Lo ca t or N umb ers US (800) 752 -0900 Cana da (800) 387 -3867 Mexic o and South Ameri ca (305) 267-4220
B-1 Safety and Regulatory B Safety and Regul at ory Information
B-2 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Ov erv iew Over view This se ctio n cont ains impo r tant sa fety a nd regu latory i nform ation fo r the Unit ed Stat es, Finlan d, Sw eden , Europ ean Unio n, and Jap an.
B-3 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on S afety Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory Safety I nformation Laser S a f ety W ARNING Do not attempt to disable th e interlo cks or open the servi ce pane ls while libr ary powe r is turned on. If the libra ry is opera ting wi th the se rvice panels removed, or with fe wer t han three magazines inser ted an d the door is o p en, you can be expo sed to Class II laser light emitted from the bar code reader . CDR H Re gul ati ons (U SA On ly ) The Center for D ev i ces and Ra di ol ogic al H ea lth ( CDRH) of th e U .S. Food and Drug Administr ation imp le mented r egul a tion s for l ase r products on August 2, 1976 . The se reg ulatio ns ap ply to lase r p rodu cts m anufac ture d from Au gus t 1, 1 976. Compl i a nce i s mandat ory for product s marketed in the Unit ed Stat es . The labe ls and art wo rk show n be low indic a te comp liance with C DR H r egul atio ns and mu st be at tach ed to laser produ cts mark eted in th e United S tate s . W ARNING Use of c o nt ro ls, ad ju s t m ent s or p erfo rm ing pr oce d u res othe r than th os e sp ec i fie d in t hi s ma nu al m ay r esu lt in haz ar dou s la s e r ra d i a t i o n e x po s ur e . Lase r Clas s Informatio n : A black on yello w labe l tha t reads, âClass 1 Lase r Prod uctâ p rinte d in En gli sh, Fr ench , Ge rm an, Fin nis h, Ja p anese , and Span ish. Complie s with 21 CFR Chapter 1 Subch apter J.
B-4 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on Reg ula tor y Infor ma tio n
B-5 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on Re gu lato ry Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory Declarati on of Con form ity
B-6 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on United Kin gdom T elecom municat ion s Act 1984 The di git a l line ar tape libra ries are a pprove d under Approva l Number NS/G/ 1234/J /100 003 fo r ind irect connec tio n to Pu bli c T elecommuni cati on Syste ms withi n t he Uni ted Ki ngdom. Herstel lerbesch einigu ng Dies e Info rmation steh t im Zusammenhang mit den Anfo rder ungen der Mas chinenlär n i nformation sve rordnung vom 18 Jan uar 199 1. Sc hal ldruckpe ge l Lp < 70 dB( A) ⢠am a rbe itsp latz ⢠normal er be tri eb ⢠nach ISO 7779: 1988 /EN 27779:1 991 (T yp prüfun g) English T ranslation of Ger man Sound Emis sion Dir ect ive This sta tement is provided to c omply with t he re quiremen ts of the German S ound Emis si on Directive , from 18 January 1991. Soun d press ure Lp < 70 dB(A) ⢠at opera tor posi tio n ⢠normal operati on ⢠accor ding to ISO 7779 : 1988/ EN 27779: 1991 (ty pe tes t)
B-7 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on Re gu lato ry Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory T u rvalli suus yht eenveto Lase rturval lisuu s LUOKAN 1 L ASERLAITE KLASS 1 L ASER APP ARA T HP DL T T ape L ibrary -nauha m uis tiasemat ovat käyt täjän kanna lta turval lisia l uokan 1 laser laitt eita . Nauh amuist iase m ien sisä lle asen nettu las ersädet tä kä yttäv ä vi ivakood inlukij a ei norm aaliss a kä ytössä aihe uta vaaraa kä yttä jäll e. Lai tteid en turval lisu usluok ka on määr ite tt y stand ardin EN 60825 -1 ( 1994) muka isest i. VA R O I T U S ! Lai ttee n k äyt tämi nen muull a kui n k äyt töo h je essa main itulla tav alla saatt aa alt ista a käyt täjän t urva lli s uusluo kan 1 ylitt äväll e la sersät eilyl le. V ARNING ! Om apparat en använ ds pÃ¥ annat s ätt än i bruksa nvi sning s pec if ic er a ts, kan anvä ndaren utsä ttas för las e rstrÃ¥ lni ng som övers krid er gräns en för laserk lass 1. HUOL T O HP DL T T ape Libr ary -na uhamui s tias emie n sis äl lä ei ole käyt täjän hu oll ettav issa ol evia ko hteit a. La ittee n saa ava ta ja huo lta a aino asta an sen huol tamis een ko ulut ettu henki lö. Na uhamu isti as em a n sis ä lle ase nnet tua v iiv ako odinluki jaa ei tule avat a ei kä pu rkaa h uoltoto imenp iteide n yht eydess ä. VA R O ! Nauha muistia seman suoj akotel on oll essa a vat tuna saat at altis tua lase rs ätei lyl le vi ivakood inlukij an t oimie ssa. Ãlä t uijota s äte eseen. V ARNING ! När s kydds höljet av m agne tbandsta tione n är öppnad, kan använda ren ut sättas för las erstrÃ¥l ning d Ã¥ s treckkodlä sare är i funkt ion. Stirra ej in i strÃ¥le n. T i edo t viivako odin lukija ssa käyt et tävän la serd iodi n säte il yomina isuuksi sta: Aall onpit uus675 nm T eho0,5 mW T ur vallis uusluokk a Luoka n 2 l aser
B-8 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on English T ranslation of Finnish Regulatory Inform ation LASER SAFE TY S UMMA R Y LASER SAFETY CLASS 1 LA SER PRODUCT (The same text in Swedis h) HP DL T T ape Librar y Systems are for user safe c lass 1 la ser product s. In nor mal use the las er ba r code re ader inst alle d inside the tape libra ry uni ts d oesnâ t cause any ha zar d to th e user . The l ase r sa f ety cl as s o f th e li b rar ie s w as def ine d i n ac co r dan c e w ith t he s t and a rd EN 60 825-1 (19 94). W A RNING! The use of t he produc t othe rwise than s pe cifie d i n t he us erâ s manua l m ay e xpos e the use r to la ser radiat ion exceed ing safety c lass 1. (THE SAME W ARNING IN S WEDISH ) SER VIC E Ther e are no user se rvic eable par ts ins id e the HP DL T T ape Libr ary un its . The DL T un its can be serviced only by qualifie d service personn el. The lase r bar code reade r ins talle d ins ide the libr ary uni ts sh all not be opene d or dis as s embled duri ng service . W A RNING! If the enc lo sure of the tape lib ra ry unit is ope ned, you may be ex pos ed to laser radia tion when t he ba r code read er is ope rat ing. Do nâ t stare into the bea m. (THE SAME W ARNING IN S WEDISH ) The in formation a bout the rad iatio n char acte ris tics of the lase r di ode use d in the laser bar code rea der : W avelen gth6 75 nm Power0,5 mW L ase r s af et y c la ssC la ss 2 la ser
B-9 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on Re gu lato ry Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory Japanese VCCI S tatem ent English T ranslation of Japanese VCCI S t atement This equ ipmen t is in the Class B cat egory infor m ati on technol ogy e quip me nt bas e d on the rules o f V oluntary C ontr ol Coun cil Fo r Inter ference by Informatio n T echnol ogy Equipmen t (VCCI). Altho ugh aimed for resid entia l area operat ion, radio i nte rference may be cause d when used ne ar a radio or TV re ce iver . Read the ins tructions for c orrect o peration.
B-10 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on
C-1 T ap eAlert Messa ges C T apeAlert Messa ges
C-2 T a pe A l ert M es sage s Ov erv iew Over v iew This sec tion cont ains in form ation on T a peAler t, a diagn ostic t ool that moni t ors the driv eâ s operatio ns, checks media inte gr i t y , a nd send me ssag e s via your back up so ftwar e to warn yo u of ex istin g o r pot ential prob lems.
C-3 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges T apeA ler t Me ssag es an d D escr ipti ons Ther e are t hree t ypes of me ssages, lis ted in or der of severi ty . They are information (I), warni n g (W), a nd Crit i cal (C). Information mess ages explain a diagn o stic situ ation . W arning m ess ages ap pear when da ta may be los t. Critica l mess age s d escribe the most s e vere situ ations , and require im m e diate attenti on. T a ble C-1 T apeAlert T ape Error Messages No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on 1R e a d Wa r n i n g W T he ta p e is ha vin g proble ms read in g d ata. No data has been los t, bu t th ere has been a reductio n in the per formance of the tape. Bac k up inf o rma tion o n to anot her tape and disca rd the def ec tive t ape. If t he proble m per sis ts, call the tape driv e suppl ie r helplin e . 2W r i t e Wa r n i n g W The tape drive is havi ng proble ms wr itin g d ata. No data has been los t, bu t th ere has been a reductio n in the ca p acity of the tap e . Bac k up inf o rma tion o n to anot her tape and disca rd the def ec tive t ape. If t he proble m per sis ts, call the tape driv e suppl ie r helplin e . 3 H a rd Er ror W The operation h as stop ped becau se an err or has occu rred whi le rea ding or writin g da ta w hich th e dr i ve can no t cor r ect . Bac k up inf o rma tion o n to anoth er tape a nd try th e operation again. If the proble m per sis ts, call the tape driv e suppl ie r helplin e . 5 Read Failure C T he ta pe is dam aged or th e driv e is fault y . Call the ta pe driv e sup p lier he lplin e . Eject t he tape and inspect for d a mage. Insert a n ew tape and try opera tion again.
C-4 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s 6W r i t e Failur e C T he tap e is from a fa ulty bat ch or th e tape drive i s faulty: 1. Use a good tape to test th e drive. 2. If the p roblem pers i s ts, cal l the ta pe driv e suppli er h e lpline . Eject t he tape and inspect for d a mage. Insert a n ew tape and try opera tion again. 9W r i t e Prot ec t C Y ou are trying to wr ite t o a writ e-protec ted cart ridge. Remove t he writ e-protec tion o r use anothe r tape. Insert a n ew tap e an d tr y operatio n ag ain. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 10 No Removal I Y ou cannot eje ct the c a rt rid g e be cau se the t ape is in us e. W a it unt il the operatio n is comple t e befo re ej ecti ng the c a rtri dge . If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 11 C l e a n i n g Media I T he t ape in th e dr ive is a clea n i ng ca rt rid g e. If yo u want to ba ck up or restor e, inse rt a da ta-grade tape. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-5 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges 20 Clean Now C The tape drive needs clea n ing : 1. If the operati on has st opped, ejec t t h e t ape and c lean the driv e. 2. If the operati on has not stopp e d, wait for it to fi ni s h a n d t h en cl ea n th e dri v e. Chec k th e tape drive us er s manu al for dev ice sp e cific c l eani ng i nst ru ct i o n s. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 22 Exp ire d Cleani n g Media C T he l ast cl ean i ng c art rid ge us ed i n t h e t a p e d r i v e ha s wor n out: 1. Di sca rd the wo rn ou t cle an ing c a rt rid g e. 2. W ai t f o r t he cu rr en t ope r ation to fini sh. 3. Then use a new clean i ng c a rtri dge . W ait fo r th e cu rr ent operatio n to finish be fore discar ding t he cart ridge. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-6 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s T a ble C-2 T apeAlert Library Error Messages 31 Ha rd wa re B C T he t ap e d ri ve h as a ha rdw a re f a ult : 1. T ur n th e tape drive of f and then on again. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . 3. If the p roblem pers is ts, cal l the ta pe driv e suppli er h e lpline . Chec k th e tape drive us er s manu al for dev ice sp e cific ins t ru ct i on s o n t ur ni n g t he devic e power on an d off. Po w er of f the t ape dri ve and attem p t th e ope rati on again. 32 Inte r face W The tape dri ve has a proble m with t he h o st int erface: 1. Ch eck th e c ables and ca ble co nnecti on s. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 34 Do wn lo ad Fai l W The fir mwar e h as f ailed becau se you hav e trie d to us e th e in co rr e ct fi rm w a re for this ta pe driv e . Obta in th e corr ec t f i rm w are a nd try a gain . Call the tap e dr ive s upp lier helplin e for m ore infor matio n. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-7 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on 1 Ha rdwa re A C T he l ibrary me chanis m is hav ing dif fic ulty c ommun ica ti ng wi th the dri v e. 1. T urn the li b ra ry of f th e n on. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . 3. If the p roblem pers is ts, call th e librar y suppli er helplin e . Inspe ct th e lib rary t o mak e sure a ll c able and p ower con ne ct ion s are se cu re a nd ta p e s in se rt e d co r rec t ly . 2 Hardware B W Th ere i s a pro b lem with the library me chan ism . If the proble m per sis ts, call the library s upplie r he lplin e. Inspe ct th e lib rary t o mak e su re a ll c onn ectio n s a re secu re and tap e s ins ert ed cor re ct ly . 3 Ha rdwa re C C T he library has a hard ware fault: 1. Re set th e libr ary . 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . Check the li brary user s manu al for dev ice sp e cific ins tru cti ons o n re se tt in g the de vic e. If the proble m p ers ists , call the libr ary s upp lier helplin e .
C-8 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s 4 Ha rdwa re D C T he library has a hard ware fault: 1. T urn the li b ra ry of f an d th en on again. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . 3. If the p roblem pers is ts, call th e librar y suppli er helplin e . Check the li brary user s manu al for dev ice sp e cific ins t ru ct i on s o n t ur ni n g t he devic e power on an d off. Inspe ct th e lib rary t o mak e sure all con ne ct i on s are secu re and tap e s ins ert ed cor re ct ly . 6L i b r a r y Interface C The librar y has a probl em wit h the ho st int erf ace: 1. Ch eck th e c ables and ca ble co nnecti on s. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . If the proble m p ers ists , call the libr ary s upp lier helplin e . 13 L ibrary Pick Retr y W The re is a poten tial proble m with a dr ive ejec ting c artridges short or wit h t he lib rar y m echa nism pick in g a cart rid ge f ro m a slot. This war nin g is for infor matio n pur pos es on ly . No act ion n eeds to be ta ken at this time . If the probl em persis ts, call the tap e drive suppli er h e lpline . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-9 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges 14 L ibrar y Plac e Retr y W The re is a poten tial proble m with t he l ibra ry mech anism placing a c a rt ridg e int o a slot . Thi s warnin g is f or info rmat io n p ur p os es on l y . N o a c ti o n need s to be take n at this time . If the pr ob lem persis ts, call the tap e drive suppli er h e lpline . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. 15 L ibrary Lo a d R etry W The re is a poten tial prob l em with a dri ve or t he library me chan ism load ing c a rt ridg es, o r a n inco m patible car tr idge . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. Ins pect the cartr i dge to veri fy co mp atibil ity . Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e if pro blem s pers ist. 16 L ibrary D oor C The op era tion has failed bec ause th e libr ary door is ope n : 1. C l ear a ny obs tru cti on s from t he li brary door . 2. Ejec t any mag azine and then in sert it again. 3. I f th e fa ul t d o es n ot cl ea r , tu rn t he l ib rary off an d th en on again. 4. If the p roblem pers i s ts, call th e librar y suppli er helplin e . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-10 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s 17 L ibrar y Mailslo t C T here is a mec han ica l proble m with t he l ibra ry media imp o rt/e x port ma il slo t. Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. Call the libr ary s upp lier helplin e . 18 L ibrary Magazine C T he l ibrary canno t o perate wit ho ut th e mag a zine . 1. Inse rt th e maga z ine into the libr ary . 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . Re f e r to userâ s manu al f or library op erat ion ins tru cti ons ab o ut ins ertin g m agaz i ne s. Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e . 20 L ibrary Se cu ri t y Mode I T he s e curity mo de of the libra ry has be e n cha nge d . The l i b rary has ei t her be en put i nto se cur e m ode, or th e lib rary has exited t he sec ure mod e. This i s f or infor matio n pur pos es on ly . No action is requ ire d. Check the user â s manual to veri fy l ibrary con figur ation . 21 L ibrary Off-line I The l ibrary has bee n manu a lly tu rn e d o ff-l ine and is unavai lable for use. Po w er th e lib rary on to u se. 22 L ibrary Drive Off-line I A drive ins id e the libr ar y has be en tak en o ff -line . This is fo r info rma tio n p ur p os es on l y . N o a c ti o n i s req u ire d . If drive is desired for use, powe r the libr ary on . No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-1 1 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges 23 L ibrar y Scan Re try I T here is a pote n tial prob l em with the barcode lab el or t he sc anner ha rdwa re in th e li b r ary mechan i sm. Ejec t th e t ape an d ver ify tha t the barc o de label is in plac e and u ndamaged. Inser t the tape and retry th e operati on. Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e . 24 L ibrary Inventor y C Th e l ibr ary has det ecte d an inco nsi ste nc y in its inv ento ry . 1. Red o th e li brary in ven to ry to co rrect inco nsi stenc y . 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . Chec k th e applic atio ns us ers m a nu a l or t he har dwar e us ers ma nu al fo r specific i nst ructio n s on redoing t he li brary inv entory . Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e if pro blem s pers ist. 25 L ibrary Illegal Opera tion W A l ibrary op eration h as been atte m pte d that is inva lid at this time. Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e if pro blem s pers ist. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-12 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s
Glossar y-1 Glossary Glo ssary A au toch an ger . See tape l ibrary . au toch an ger co nt r oller . The par t of t he li brar y that con tro ls th e sendin g and re c ei ving of SCSI com m a n d s a nd co nt ro l s the p i ck e r . B bulk lo ad magazine. See ma gazin e. C cartrid ge . A plastic enclos ure tha t conta i ns th e digit a l line ar tape. The tape is never removed from t he ca rtridge. cl eani ng c ar trid g e. A s pecial tap e car tri dge th at i s u se d to c lea n digi tal linear t ape dri v es. co ntr ol pa nel . The part of t he library th at is us ed to mana ge and display librar y f unc tio n s. D dig ita l linea r tape . D igit al li ne ar tape (DL T) drive s read an d write data to dig ital lin ea r tape in straigh t trac k s that run th e full leng th o f the tape. Th e read/ wr ite head m ove s verti cally to r ead from or write to the tr acks o n the tap e. dr iver. A program that allow s th e oper atin g sys te m to comm u nic a te with a peripher al device. E el ement . A S CSI ter m for any one of the autoc hanger c omponents-- dri ve, stor age slot s , or pick er . J j u kebox. S ee tape lib rary . L li b ra r y . Se e ta pe l ibr ary . LAN. Local Area Net work. A gr ou p of co m p u t er s a n d peri pherals physicall y connec ted so u ser s c an sh are har dwar e an d soft wa re r eso ur ces. M magazi ne. A r emovable pa rt of the libr ary u se d t o in se rt, r em ove, and s tore tape ca rtridges i n th e library .
Gloss ary- 2 Gloss ary P pe ripher al devic e . A pr oduct us ed in con jun ct io n with a comp ut er , th at is p hys icall y separa te but that is u nde r the comp ut er âs contr o l. It is usu ally connec ted to the computer by ca bles or wir es . Prin te rs , di sk driv es, sc ann ers, l ibra ries, a nd mode ms are example s of peri pheral de vices . pic ker. S ee tr anspor t mec hanism. R ra ck . A c ab ine t- li ke pro duct u sed to hous e one or more computer peri pherals . Computer peripher als are moun te d to spe cial brackets o r rack sl ides w hich allo w the periphe rals to be in stalled into th e rac k . ra ck s l id es . Expan dable mech anic al dev ices th at are moun te d to a comp uter periph eral and allow th e periph eral to be ins talled into a rac k wh ich can hous e m u ltiple c o mpute r peri pheral de vic es. Th e rack slides allo w th e periph e ral to be ext ended o u t of the r a ck for serv ice . rail s. Th e ve r tical s lotte d m etal piec es at the front and bac k o f a rack use d to mou nt th e ra ck slid e s t o th e ra ck . S SCSI. An acro nym for th e Sm a ll Computer S ystems Interfa ce. slides. See rac k s lid es. st orag e sl ot. An area of the maga zi ne that ho lds c artri dg es w hen th e c artrid ges ar e not in the drive. swap. A motion that occur s when t he t ranspo rt m ech anism re places one tape cartr id ge in the drive w ith an other , re turnin g the fir st to it s sto rage sl ot.
Glossar y-3 Gloss ary Glossary T tap e l ibr ar y. A term s ynon ym ous with juk e box o r autoc han ge r . Th is ty pe of t ape stor age dev ice is often refer red t o as a âjukebox â bec a use when a file is requ es ted , the tape c artri dg e co nt a in ing th e f ile is fo und, inserted i nto t he drive, a nd the request ed i nforma t ion is sent to the ho st co mp ut er syst em . Th is is simila r to the wa y a music al ju kebox fi nd s a r ecord a nd m ove s i t t o the tu rnt abl e whe n a son g i s req u es ted . te rmin at or. A r esi stor arra y d e v i ce u s ed f o r el ec t r ica l l y termin atin g a SCSI bus. A SCSI bus m ust be t ermina ted at its tw o phy sic al ends. A peripheral device us es a termin ator o nly if i t is at th e end o f th e bus. tran sport mec hanism. Th e part of the library that trans p orts tape cart ridg es to and from storage slot s and the drive. U UP S . Unin te rrup tibl e Po we r Suppl y . A product that is used to supply pow er to comp u te r sys te m s when there is a pow e r failur e . W write -pro tect. A featur e that preve n ts d ata f rom bei ng wr itten to a tape. A write protec t ta b is loc ated on t he ta pe cartr idge t o enab l e w rite-prot ection of the tape.
Gloss ary- 4 Gloss ary
Ind e x In de x 1 A ac cessori es , A- 3 ADMIN * menu , 3-6 ent ering t he pass word , 3-9 B ba ck up soft w are , 1-27 ba r cod e label s labeling car tr idge s , 2-4 labeling m agazines , 2-5 viewing from d isplay window , 3-22 ba rcodes , vi ewi ng , 3-22 C cables ro uting , 1- 2 3 cha n g in g t he p as sw ord , 3-10 cl eaning m essag es , 2-7 c leaning the driv es , 3-23 â 3-24 cle a ra n c e , 1-3 conf igurat ion op tio ns , 3- 2 5 conf iguring the l ibrary , 3-25 co nn e ct ing th e t a pe l i bra r y , 1- 2 3 co nt ac i n g s up po r t , A-6 co nt ro l p an e l menu , 3-8 co nt ro l p an e l k e ys , 3- 3 conv entions ty po gr ap h i ca l , iv D disp la y w in dow desc r ipt ion o f , 3- 3 disp l a y win do w me ssa ge s , 3-4 drive cl eaning messa ge s , 2- 7 dri ve sta tus , 3-4 dri ve s cl eaning , 3- 2 3 â 3-24 repla cing onli ne , 3- 37 E enviro nment , 1- 3 H hos t SCSI ca r d , 1-7 I informati on logs a ccess i ng , 3-28 install ation ove r v i ew , 1- 2 in s t a l la t i on ov e r v i ew , 1-2 inte rnal te st s , 3-33 â 3-36 K keys, menu s availa ble , 3-8 L label ing tap es , 2- 4 , 2- 5 library per forma nce inf ormat ion , 3- 2 8 re mo vi n g t a pe s , 3-19 shi pping , 1-28 loading tapes , 3-15 â 3-1 8 location criteria , 1-3 M mag a zi ne s l abeling , 2-5 menu o ptions , 3-6 menu t ree , 3-8 me ss ag e s , disp la y win do w , 3-4 mo de s wit ch sett ing , 1- 2 0 mountin g the libra ry r ackmount ing ins t ructions , 1-8 moving t he libr ary , 1-28 O online drive repl acement , 3-37 onli ne sup po rt , A- 9 over view , iii P part num ber s , 1- 4 , A-3 pa rts , 1-4 addit ional co mpone nts provid ed , 1- 5 pa ssw ord , e n t eri ng , 3-9 pa ssw o r d , s ett ing , 3-10 perf ormanc e l ogs dis pl ayi ng , 3-28 powe r cabl es routi ng , 1-23 po weri ng o n , 1- 2 7 printi ng hi story , ii proble ms, t roub leshoot ing tabl e , 3-39 â 3- 42 R rack m ountin g , 1- 8 â 1- 1 9 att achi ng rack slides , 1-12 mounti ng br acket s , 1- 1 0 placing libr ary in rac k , 1- 1 7 re ar pane l , 1-6 re g ul atory i nform atio n , B-3 â B- 9 re triev ing per for mance infor mation , 3- 2 8 ro uting SCS I and power c ables , 1-23 S safet y an d regul atory infor mation , B-3 â B-9 S CSI a dd res se s setti ng , 3-1 1 â 3-13 viewing current , 3- 14 SCSI bus hos t adapte r , 1-7 SCSI bus st atus indicat ors , 3-14 S CSI c abl e s routi ng , 1-23 S CSI i nte r fa ce m ode s w itc h
2 Index Ind e x set tin g , 1-20 S CSI P CA stat us indic ations, lis ting of , 3-14 se cu r i ty co d e, set ti n g , 3-23 sett i ng S CSI I Ds , 3-1 1 â 3- 1 3 set ting the mode switch , 1-20 shi pp ing t he libr ary , 1- 28 stat us, d rive , 3-4 sup p lies , A-3 supp o rt , A-6 tel e ph on e , A-12 sup port cent er s , A-10 T tap e dr i v e s cl eaning , 3-2 3 â 3-24 tape li brary cl earance , 1- 3 co nnecting , 1-23 moving , 1-28 Ta p e A l e r t messag es , C-3 â C-1 1 Ta p e A s s u r e , 1-27 tap es ch oosing , 2-3 eje cti ng , 3-19 lab eling , 2- 4 maint enanc e of , 2- 9 wri te-pr otecti ng , 2-8 tape s, u nloading , 3-19 â 3- 21 te mp e ra t ur e oper ating , 1- 3 top-leve l menus , 3-6 troub leshooting , 3-39 â 3- 42 ty pe s tyl es in this book , iv U unl oading t apes , 3-19 â 3-21 unpac king t he library , 1-4 V viewing barc odes , 3- 2 2 view i n g SCSI IDs , 3-14 vo lt a ge , 1-3
ii Notice s This doc ument conta ins inf orm ation tha t is prot ecte d by copyr ight . All right s are res erve d. No part of this documen t m ay be phot ocopied, re produced , or tra nslate d into a nother la nguage wit hout the pri or writ ten cons en t of Hewle tt-P ac kard Co mpa ny . The in format ion co ntaine d in this docum en t is subjec t to chan ge without no tice. Hewle tt- Packard m akes no wa rranty of a ny ki nd with re gar d to this printe d mat erial , i ncludi ng, but not li m ite d to, t he impli ed wa rrantie s of merc hanta bilit y and fitnes s for a partic ular purpose . Hewlett - Pac ka rd shall not be liab le for errors contai ned here in or for incide ntal or cons equ entia l damage s in conn ectio n with t he furni shing, perform a nce, or use of this materi al . Se e Appen dix B for im portant sa fet y and regulato ry infor mation. Pri nting H i stor y New e ditions of thi s manu al incor porate all mat erial up dated sinc e th e previous edit ion . The manua l printing date and pa rt num ber indic at e the current edit ion. The pr int ing dat e ch anges whe n a ne w e dit ion i s printe d. (Min or corre ctions and upda tes inco rporate d at reprint do n ot cause this date t o change.) Se pte mber , 1997 Editi on 1 Nov ember , 1997 Editi on 2 Februa ry , 1998 Editi on 3 ( T apeAlert and T apeAssure adde d) Se pte mber 1998 Editi on 4 (Enha nc ements adde d)
ii i In T h is Bo ok This bo ok is a guide fo r setting up and opera ting your t ape l ibrary . It is or ganize d as fo llo ws: Ch apt er 1 Insta ll ing your libra ry; movi ng or shi pping the libra ry . Ch apt er 2 Choosi ng and usin g digi tal lin ear tape ca rtridge s. Ch apt er 3 Operati ng the tap e driv e. App endi x A Ordering s upplie s and ac cessories ; locati ng HP sales and support off i ces. App endi x B Safety an d regul atory inf orm ati on. App endi x C T apeAl ert messa ges. Glos sary T erms related to di gital line ar t ape st orage products.
iv T ypogr aphi ca l Conv enti ons This m an ual us es the follo wi ng ty pog rap h ical conve n tio ns: NOTE Note s pr ovide i nformat ion that c an be he lpful in un derstan ding t he ope rati on of the product. CAUTIO N Caution s call atten tion t o an operatin g proced ure or pr actice that c ould resu lt in dam ag e to the pr odu ct if not cor rec tly pe rforme d. Do not pr oce ed beyo n d th i s bo x un t il y ou ful l y un de rs tan d a nd me et the indi c a te d c ond iti ons . W ARNING W arn ings call atte ntion to a pr oc edure or practice that could re su lt i n pers onal in ju ry if n o t co rrec tly pe rf o rm ed . Do no t proc ee d bey o n d th i s box unt il you fully unde rstan d an d m eet t h e in di cated c ondit ion s. Thi s warnin g sy mbol on a pro duct label in d ic ates that personal in ju ry co u ld res ult if the product is used im properly , and that m or e de tailed in f ormation i s give n in the instal lation and/ or user manuals . Fo n t Used for Italics Doc ument title s and stat emen ts tha t nee d to be emphasized . COMPUTER OUTPUT Inform atio n display ed in th e c ontr ol pan el or scre e n m enu items that yo u ca n se le ct. KEYCAP TEX T Keys on th e lib rary cont rol p anel.
Contents v T able of Con tents 1. Instal ling th e T ape Li bra ry Ins t all at io n O ver v ie w . .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. . 1-2 Step 1: Choose a Location ...................................... ...................... . 1-3 Ste p 2: U np ack th e L ibr ar y .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1-4 Required Components ................................................................. 1-4 Additional Components Pr ovided ............................................... 1-5 T ape Li br a ry Re ar P ane l . .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 1-6 Ste p 3: In s ta ll th e H o st S C SI C ar d(s ) .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. . 1-7 Step 4: Mount the Library in a R ack (optional) ............................. 1-8 Safety P recautions . .......... ............ ............... ............ .......... .......... . 1-8 Tools and C omponents . .............................................................. 1-9 Mounting the Li brary .................. ..................... .......... .......... ..... 1-10 At tac h the Mo un ti ng Br ack ets ... .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 1-1 0 At tac h the Ra ck S l id es to th e Rac k ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1-1 2 Pla ce the L ibr ar y i n t he R ack ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1 -17 Ste p 5: Se t t he S C SI In te rfa c e Mod e Swi tc h .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 1-2 0 Ste p 6: C on nec t Li br ary t o H os t .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1-2 3 Routing SCSI and Power Cables on Rack Mounted L ibrar ies . 1-23 Ste p 7: Po we r O n t he S yst em .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . 1-2 7 Install Backup Software ............ ................... .......... .......... ......... 1-27 Ve ri f y I nst al la ti on W it h T ap eA ss ur e ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . 1-27 Mov in g or Shi pp in g t he Li b rary .... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1 -28 2. Using T ape Cartridges Ta pe C artr i dg e Ov e rvi ew . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. . 2-2
vi Contents Choosing T a pe Cartridges ................... ..................... .......... .......... . 2-3 Labe ling Ta pe C art ri dg es . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2 -4 Labe ling Bu l k Lo a d Ma g a z i n es ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2-5 Driv e Cl ea n in g Me ss a ges .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2 -6 Wr ite -P ro te ct in g T ap e Car tri dg es .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2 -8 Main t ai n i n g Ta p e Ca rt r i d g e s . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 2-9 3. Operating th e Library Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 3-2 Ope r ati ng th e Co nt ro l P an el .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -3 Understanding Di splay W indow Messages ...................... ............. 3-4 Dri ve S tatu s .... .... .. .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .... ... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. 3- 4 St atus Ind i c a tor s .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. 3 - 4 Act iv it y I n di cat ors . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . 3-5 C on tro l P ane l O pt io ns . .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -6 Fir s t Le v el Op ti on s .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -6 Second Level Options .............................. ................................ 3-7 C on tro l P ane l Me nu Tre e .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... . 3-8 Ent er in g t he A dm in ist r at io n M en u P as sw or d .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 3-9 Se tt ing a N ew A dmin is tr at io n Men u Pa ss wo rd .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -10 Se tt ing an d V ie win g S CS I ID s .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . 3-1 1 Se tt i n g S CS I IDs .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3- 12 Int er pr et in g S CS I B us S ta tu s In di cat or L EDs .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. . 3-14 Vi ew ing Cur re nt S CSI A ddr e ss Se tt in gs .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . 3-1 4 Load in g Ta p e C a rtr id ge s In to th e Li b ra ry . ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 3-1 5
Contents vii T able of Con tents In se rt in g/ Rem ovi ng Car tri d ges w it h Sof t war e .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -15 Ke ep i ng Ca rtr i dg es in th e Mag a zi ne ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3-1 5 L oad in g T ap es . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 3-1 6 Remo vi ng Tap e Car tr idg e s fr om th e Lib r ar y .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -19 Vi ewi ng C ar tri dg e Bar C o de L ab el s .... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -22 Clea ni ng th e L ib ra ry Tap e Dr i ve s . .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . 3-2 3 Se t t ing Co n f i g u ra ti o n Op t i o n s . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3-25 Retr i ev in g P er f orm anc e I nfo rm at io n . .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 -28 Running an Interna l Test .............................................................. 3-33 Using Online Dr ive R eplaceme nt .... ........... ........ ...... ........ ...... ..... 3-37 Troubleshooting ..................................... ...................................... 3-39 A. Su ppl ies and Custo mer Supp ort Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. A-2 Supplies and Acc essories ..... ................................. .................... .... A-3 Hewlett-Packard Cus tomer Support ...... ....................... ................ A- 6 HP FIRS T /Q UIC K F AX Fax ba ck Se rv ic es .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A-6 Asi a- Pa cif ic .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. ... .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. A-7 Eur op e .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. A-8 No rt h an d S out h Am er ica (incl ude s C an ada) .... .. .... .... .... .... .. . A- 8 Other Countries ............................ .... ................... .................... A- 8 Electr onic Support Serv i ces .... ............................... .................... A- 9 On-l i ne S er vic e Pr ov id ers .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A-9 Hew let t -Pa c kar d Web Si te . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. A-9 Customer Suppor t Centers ................ .. ................... .................. A- 10
viii Contents No rt h an d S out h Am er ica (incl ude s C an ada) .... .. .... .... .... .... . A- 10 European Customer Support Center s .................. .......... ........ A- 10 Asi a- Pa cif ic .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. A-11 E lsew her e .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... . .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... . A- 11 Telephone Support After W arranty ......................................... A-12 Bef or e C a ll ing .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. A-12 US and C an ad a .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... ... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... . A- 12 Eur op e .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. A-12 E lsew her e .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... . .... .... .... .... .. .... .. .... . A- 12 HP Re sel le r L o cat or Nu mb er s . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. A-12 B. Saf ety a nd Reg ulatory Infor matio n Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... B -2 Sa fet y In fo rmat ion .... .... .. .... .. .... .... .... .... .. .... .. ... .... .... .... .. .... .... .... ....B-3 L ase r Sa fe ty .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . B -3 C DRH Re gu lat i ons ( U SA Onl y) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -3 Regu la to ry I nf orm at io n .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -4 De cl ara t ion o f Con fo r mity .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. . B -5 United Kingdom T elecommunications Act 1984 ....................... B-6 Herstellerbescheinigung .............................................................. B-6 English T ranslation of Ge rman Sound E mis sion D irective ..... B-6 T urva llis u usy ht een ve to . .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -7 English T ranslation of Finnish Regulatory Inf ormation . ......... B -8 J apa nes e VC CI S tat em ent . .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -9 Eng li s h T ran s lat i on o f J apa nes e VC CI S tat em en t .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . B -9
Contents ix T able of Con tents C. T a peAler t Messages Ove r vi ew .. .... .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .. .. .. .. ... C -2 Ta pe Al ert Mes sa ges a nd De sc ri pt io ns . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . C -3
x Contents
Figure s xi T ab le of Figures Fig ure 1-1. Rea r Pa nel F eature s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Fig ure 1 -2. Rackmou nting Co mponent s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Fig ure 1-3. Ra ck Sl ides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Fig ure 1-4. F r ont M ounti ng Bra cket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1 Fig ure 1-5. Rea r Mo unting Brack et . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1 F i gu r e 1 -6 . C li p Nu t s ( F ro n t Ra i l s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 2 Fig ure 1-7. Cl ip Nuts ( Back Rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 F i gu r e 1 -8 . Fr o nt B r a ck e t on Ra ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 4 F i gu r e 1 -9 . R e a r B ra ck e t on Ra c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 5 Fig ure 1-10. Bezel Spac ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Fig ure 1-1 1. Str ain Rel ief Brac ket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 F i gu r e 1 -1 2. L i b ra ry o n S li d e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 8 F i gu r e 1 -1 3. I n s ta l la t i on H a n d l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 8 F i gu r e 1 -1 4. F r o n t Ac ce ss Doo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 9 Fig ure 1-15. SCSI Inte rfac e Mode Switch (Exa mple) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 0 Fig ure 1 -16. SCS I/Power Cables and S t rai n Reli ef Bra cket . . . . . . . . 1-24 F i gu r e 1 -1 7. F r o n t Ac ce ss Doo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 5 Fig ure 1 -18. Sec ured SCS I and Po w er Cabl es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Fig ure 2-1. P r oper L abel Posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -4 Fig ure 2-2. M agazi ne L a bel Posi tio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 5 Fig ure 2 -3. W rite-Pr otec t Butt on Set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 F i gu r e 3 -1 . T ap e Li b r a r y C on t r ol P a ne l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3 Fig ure 3-2. Con trol Pa n el Menu O ptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8
xii Figure s Fig ure 3 -3. Openi ng th e Fron t Acc ess D oor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Fig ure 3 -4. Loa ding T ape Car tridg es into the Magaz ine . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Fig ure 3-5. I nse rtin g Maga zines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -18 Fig ure 3 -6. Openi ng th e Fron t Acc ess D oor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Fig ure 3-7. Remo v ing Magazi nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -20
Ta b l e s xiii T able of T ables T able 1 -1. Locati on Cri teri a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3 T a b l e 1 - 2 . Co m p o n e n t s In cl ud e d fo r I n s t a ll a t io n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4 T able 1- 3. Addi tional Compone nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -5 T a b l e 1 - 4 . SCS I In t e rf a c e Mo d e S w it c h S e t t i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 0 T a b l e 1 - 5 . T ap e L i b ra r y a s t h e On l y P er i p h e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 1 T a b l e 1 - 6 . T a p e L i b ra r y wi t h Ot h er Pe r i p h e ra ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 2 T a b l e 2 - 1 . Su p p or t e d T a p e T yp e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3 T able 2- 2. Dr ive Cl eaning Messag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -7 T able 2- 3. T ape Cartr idge M ainten ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 9 T able 3 -1. Defa ult SCS I IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 1 T a b le 3- 2 . SC S I A d dr es s C on f ig u ra t ion O p ti o ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12 T a b l e 3 - 3 . SCS I St a t us In d i ca t or s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 4 T a b l e 3 - 4 . Co n f i g u r a t io n O p t io n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2 6 T able 3 -5. Info rmati on Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 9 T able 3 -6. Inter nal T ests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 T a b l e 3 - 7 . T r o u b l e s h o o t i ng T a b l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3 9 T able A-1 . Basi c Su pplies and Acc esso ries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 T able C-1 . T apeAlert T ape Error Messag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 T able C-2 . T apeAlert Li brary Er ror M essa g es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
xiv Ta b l e s
1-1 Inst allat ion 1 Insta llin g the T ape Lib rary
1-2 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Installa tion O vervi ew Installa tio n Ove r vie w Before you install t he t ape l ibrary: ⢠Make sur e you ha ve the compone nts li s ted in T able 1-2 on page 1-4. ⢠Become fami liar with the back of the tape lib ra ry , as shown in âT ape Librar y Rear Pane lâ on page 1-4. T o ins tall the li brary , you must: 1. Choose a l ocat ion. 2. Unpack the lib rary . 3. In s tall the S CSI ho s t adap te r ca rd. 4. Mount the li brary in a rack (rac kmount confi gurati on only). 5. Se t th e S C S I in t e r f ac e mo d e sw it c h. 6. Connec t the t ape libr a ry . 7. Power on the syst em. NOTE These steps are e xpla ined i n this chap ter . Thi s chapt er also e xplai ns how t o m ove or sh ip th e li b r ar y . NOTE After th e library is in stalle d, you must per f orm addi tional tas ks explained i n Ch apt ers 2 and 3.
1-3 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 1: Cho ose a Lo ca tion Inst allat ion S tep 1: Cho ose a Loc ati on Ch oose a lo catio n t h at m eet s th e f oll o w in g crit eri a. T ak e th e l ibr ary th ere be f ore un packin g it. T a bl e 1-1 Locati on Crite ri a Ro om te mp eratur e 50-10 4° F (10-40° C) Power s ource AC p owe r vol tage: 100-127 V or 200-24 0 V Air qu a lity Minima l sourc es of part icula te cont aminati on. A void areas near freq uent ly used doors and wal kways, st acks of suppli es that co llect dus t, and smoke-fi lled room s . CAUTION: Excess ive dust and de bris can damag e ta pes a n d ta p e dr i v e s. Adequa te clea r an c e St andal one config uration â free standin g or agains t a wal l/des k: Back 56 cm (22 in.) for co oling and s erv ice. Front 86 cm (34 in.) for ope rator acces s . Sides 56 cm (22 in.) for remova l of the externa l cove r . If less sp ac e is allowe d, m ove th e library to an ope n area before serv icing. Rack mou nt co nf igu ration: Back Allow a dequa te ro om to open the r ear do or of the ra ck for service acce s s, usuall y 46-61 cm (1 8-24 in. ), depe ndin g on the rack. Front 86 cm (34 in.) for ope rator acces s . Height For eas e of us e, ins ta ll the li brary so th e bo ttom is 60-120 cm (24-48 i n.) a bove t he fl oor . Do not ins t al l the libra ry in th e bott om rail po s iti on bec ause o f cle aranc e.
1-4 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 2: Unpa ck th e L ibr a ry S tep 2: Unpack the Library Make sure y ou ha ve al l re qui red components a nd b ec ome fa mili ar wi th the librar yâ s com ponents. Required Componen ts T able 1-2 Comp onents Include d for Ins tallation NOTE Co ntact yo ur s ervi ce repre sent ative i f yo u are miss ing a ny compone nts. Component Descri ption T ape Lib rary Unpack the lib ra ry whe n it is in the desir e d locat ion. SCSI ca rd(s ) One singl e- ended F AS T/WIDE SCSI is inc luded wit h the l ibr ary . Da ta i s tr a nsfe rred up to 2 0 Mbyte s/sec ond. For F AST ha ndsha king, the total lengt h of the S CSI bus is lim it ed to 3 meters . SCSI c able: all owable le ngt hs One 3-me ter singl e-e nded F AS T/WIDE SCSI is inc luded with the li brar y . Dais y-chai n ca ble Inc lude d with two - dri ve librar ies. Power c ord Include d with libra ry . Rack mount kit Inc lude d with rackmoun t librari es . Data cart ridge Five tape s ar e in cl uded wi th library . Cl eaning car tridge One cl eanin g tap e is inc luded with libra ry .
1-5 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 2 : Unpac k the Li brary Inst allat ion Additi onal Com pon ent s Pr ov ided T able 1-3 Additional Compon e nts Component Descripti on Userâ s Guide Pri nted u ser â s manual in Englis h. DL T Li brar y Adv isor On li n e us e r â s ma nu a l w it h vi de o cli p s . HP SureS tore T ape CD- ROM Inclu des T apeAssure/T ap eAle rt, as well as other di agn ostic uti litie s. Als o inc lud es th e Userâ s Guid e on CD - RO M , tr an sl at ed in t o F ren c h, It al ia n , G er m a n , Spa nish, a nd Japane se. Live T r ial Backup Software In clu des li ve trial versio ns of backup soft ware for your eval uatio n. T a p e D at a Sh ee t Des crib e s th e ta p e s p ec if i ca ti on s , c h ara c t er i sti c s , a n d mai ntena nce nee ded Bar Code Lab el s In clu des bar code labe ls and reorde ring i nform at ion.
1-6 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 2: Unpa ck th e L ibr a ry T ape Lib rary R ear P anel Figur e 1-1 Rear Pa n el F eatur es The fol lowi ng li st iden tif ie s the numbered com pone nts in Figure 1-1 : 1 B us 1 SC SI ports 2 SCSI int e r fac e mo de switc h 3 B us 2 SCSI ports 4P o w e r p o r t 5 SCSI bus indi cator l abe l 6 SCSI bus st at us indi ca tors
1-7 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 3 : In stall the Hos t SCS I C ar d(s) Inst allat ion S tep 3: Install th e Host SCSI Card(s) In st al l the si ngle -ended or dif ferential SCSI c ard into the hos t comput e r sys te m. Ref e r to the ho st u se r manual and th e SCSI card in s talla tion ins tr uction s for inform ation on i nstal ling and c onfigurin g SCSI cards.
1-8 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) S tep 4: Mou nt th e Li br ary in a Rac k (opti onal ) For st and- alone i nsta llati ons, g o to âSt ep 5: Set the SCSI Inte rface Mode Sw itch â on page 1-20. The rack sli des can be adjuste d to fit any stan dard rack with a dep th of 26 to 31 inch es ( 66.04 t o 78. 75 centimete rs). S afet y P re caut io ns Beca use th e ta pe libra r y weig hs approxi mately 100 pounds (45 kil ograms) , t he fo llo wing safe ty pre cauti ons must be tak en whe n mount ing the ta pe li brary: ⢠Full y exte nd th e rackâ s ant itip r a il an d lo wer the le velle r fee t. ⢠Mount the ta pe l ibra ry no higher tha n 4 f ee t (122 cent im ete r s ) in the rack. ⢠IMPOR T ANT : At leas t two peopl e must lift the li brar y du r in g insta llati on. W ARNING Do not pull the l ibrary out of the rack to i ts fully extended position unless the anti-tip rail on the bottom of the rack has be en positioned corr ectly . Do n ot at tempt to move the tape library by yoursel f. The tap e librar y weighs appr oxim ately 100 pou n ds (45 kil ograms) . P ul li ng the lib r ar y ou t of th e ra ck w ith o u t t h e ra ck âs anti - t ip ra i l ex t en d ed co u l d resu l t in pers on al i nj ury an d/or damage to the tape libra ry if the rack tips over .
1-9 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion T oo ls an d Comp onen ts Figur e 1-2 Rack moun t in g Compon e nts To o l s : Phi llips scre wdriver (inc luded in ki t) 1/2 inc h open-end ed wrench Kit Ha rd ware (par ts a re l abele d for e asy ident ificati on): 1. rac k s lid es ( 1 p air) 2. be zel s pace r s ( 2) 3. mounti ng brackets (4) 4. strain rel ief bracke t (1) 5. cable tie s (4) 6. te mp late 7. 8-32 x 3/8 pa n sl otted phi llips lw profi l e hd (14) 8. 10-32 x 5/8 pan slott ed ph ill ips (14) 9. 10-32 clip nu ts (1 2) 10 . 8-32 keps nuts (8) 1 1. 6-32 x 3/8 pan p hilli ps, with inte rnal lo ck wa sh er (1 )
1-10 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) Moun tin g the L ibr ar y T o moun t the tape lib ra ry in a rac k, you m us t: ⢠First, attach the fr ont and back moun tin g bracket s to the rack sli des. ⢠Nex t , atta ch t h e r ack sl id es to th e rack . ⢠F i nal ly, att a ch t he ta pe l i br a ry to the r ac k sl id e s. Thes e s teps ar e e xplai ned in de tail i n the fo llowi ng s ectio ns. Attach the Mountin g Bracket s 1. IMPOR T ANT : Lower the rackâ s levell er fee t us i ng a 1/2- inch open-e nd wrench , a nd ex t end t h e rack â s an ti ti p r a il . W ARNING Failure t o extend the antitip rail could re s ult i n personal injury and/or dam age to the tape l ibrary if the rack ti ps ove r . 2. P u ll the r a ck slid e memb er s ou t to the f ul l y ex t ended p o s i tio n. (Th e s li des should âcl ickâ int o a locke d po si ti on.) Figur e 1-3 Rack Slid es
1-1 1 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 3. Attac h the f ront mount ing bracket s to the front end of e ach slid e using two 8-32 x 3 /8 pa n-slotte d phil lip s s crews a nd two 8-32 keps n uts. T ighte n the sc rews. Figur e 1-4 Front Mounting B racket 4. Attac h the rea r mount ing b racket s to t he bac k side of each sl id e using two 8- 32 x 3/8 pan-slot ted philli ps s crews a nd two 8-32 ke ps nuts. Do not tigh ten t he scr ews . Figure 1-5 Rear Moun ting Br acket
1-12 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) Attach the Rack Slides to the Rack 1. Line up th e templat e with an exi s ting pr oduc t in the rac k. Attach cl ip nuts to each f r on t rail in th e locat ions ind icate d on the t em pl a te. Figur e 1-6 Clip Nu ts (Fr ont Rails ) NOTE Do not ins tall th e li br ar y in the botto m of the rac k. Mak e s u r e the bottom of th e libra ry is no highe r tha n 4 f ee t of f the floor .
1-13 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 2. Atta ch two cl ip nut s t o each of th e back ra ils so tha t the s lid es will be le ve l when at ta ched to the r ails . NOTE Co unt th e holes on t he f r o n t and back ra il s to ens ure th e slid es will be lev e l . Figur e 1-7 Clip Nu ts (Bac k Rai ls)
1-14 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) 3. Attac h the fron t bracket: a. Retu rn the sli des to thei r c ompres se d posi tion. b. At tach the f ront slide mount ing bracke t to the lower two cl ip nut s on the fro nt rai ls using two 10 -32 x 5/8 pan slo tted phl p sc rews. c . Pu sh th e s li d es as f ar as po ss ibl e to w ar d th e o u tsi d e of th e rac k . d. T ighte n the sc rews. Figur e 1-8 Fr ont Bracke t on Rac k
1-15 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 4. Attac h the re ar bracket: a. Adjus t the rea r mounting bracket s to fit lengt hwise in t he rac k. b. At ta ch the re ar sli de mountin g brac ket to the rea r clip nut s usi ng two 10-32 x 5/8 pan s lot ted phlp screws. c . Pu sh th e s li d es as f ar as po ss ibl e to w a rd th e o u tsi d e of th e rac k . d. T ighte n the sc rews. e. T i ghten al l bracke t scre ws. Fig ure 1 -9 Rea r Bra c ket on R a ck 5. E xte nd the s l ide s fu l ly , ma k e su r e t hey are p ar a ll el, an d t hen r e com pr es s t hem .
1-16 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) 6. Connec t th e two bezel spac ers t o the fron t ra ils usi ng two 10-32 x 5/8 pan s lotte d phlp sc rews . The scre ws att ach to the two cli p nuts on the front ra ils above th e slid es. Fi gur e 1 -1 0 Be zel Sp acers
1-17 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion Place the Library in t he Rac k 1. Attac h the ca bl e strain rel ief brac ket t o the libr a ry rear pan el below th e SCS I connec tor s using one 6-32 x 3/8 pa n phlp, with inte rnal loc kwasher screw . F ig ure 1 - 1 1 S tra i n Re li ef B ra ck e t 2. Ensur e that the r ac kâ s ant i-t ip rails ar e ext ende d. W ARNING Failure to extend th e rackâs anti-t ip rail coul d re sult in persona l injury and/ or damage to the tape library . 3. Remove the keys f r om t he li brar y handl e. 4. Importa nt â two people neede d: L ift the library o nto the s li des and ba ck slight ly into the rack usi ng the sid e handle s. Make sure the handl es sit s ec ure ly on the slid es and t hat the fr ont holes in t he li brary li ne up wit h the secon d hole from t he fr o n t on th e sl id e s. W ARNING Do not atte m pt to m ove the ta pe libr ar y by yourself. The tap e librar y weighs appr oxim ately 100 pou n ds (45 kil ograms) . T o avoid pers on al injury and/or damage to the tape libra ry , a minimu m of two people are ne ed ed to mo v e the li b r ar y.
1-18 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Step 4: Mo unt the Libr ary in a Rac k (op tion al) 5. Attac h the li brary to ea ch s li de usin g thre e 8-32 x 3/8 pan-slot ted phil lips scr ews . Figur e 1-1 2 Li brary on Sl ides 6. Remove the i ns talla ti on han dle s by removing two s cr ews on each hand le. Kee p the screws and handl es in cas e the libra ry needs to be res hippe d in th e futu re. Figur e 1-1 3 Install ati on Handle s
1-19 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 4 : M ount th e L ibra ry in a R ack (o ptio nal) Inst allat ion 7. Rel ea se the sl ide lat ch spri ngs, th en push the tap e lib r ary into th e rack. 8. Open the front access door using the key , and secure the li bra ry to the rac k thro ugh th e rectangul ar hole s in the door us ing two 10-3 2 x 5/8 pan sl ot ted phlp scr ews . Figur e 1-1 4 Fron t Access Door
1-20 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 5: Set the SCSI In terface Mode S witch S tep 5: Set the SCSI Interface Mode Switch Do not conne ct any ca ble s yet. The S CSI interfa ce mode swi tch, sho wn below , is on t he rear panel b etween the bus 1 and bus 2 SCSI ports . Figur e 1-15 SCSI Interfac e Mode Switc h (Ex ample ) T o se t the SC SI i nte rface mode swit ch: 1. Determine how to conn ect the libr a ry acco rding to: ⢠Number o f dr ives in the li brary a nd dri ve ty pe ⢠Ot her pe riphera ls (if an y) on your sy s t em ⢠T ype of SCSI card (dif feren tial or s ing le-ende d) NOTE For best l ibrary perform ance, connect only o ne li brary o n a S CSI bus . 2. Se t th e S C S I in t e r f ac e mo d e sw it c h. T able 1-4 SCSI Interf ace Mode Switch Settings Setting Purp os e Set to T erm Pwr Sen ds power to th e terminat or . ON in most ins ta llat ions T ermi nation T ermina tes the SCS I bus. Fun ct ions t he sa me as a p hys ic al t er mi n ato r . ON if the tap e driv e is the las t de vice on t he SCSI chain OFF if a not her periphe ral will connect to th e l ib r ar y DIFF/ SE Spe ci fies whethe r you are using the di ffere ntial o r si ngle-en ded por t. DIFF for diffe ren tia l SE for single-en de d
1-21 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Step 5: Set the SCS I In terface M od e Sw itch Inst allat ion The fol lowi ng table shows con necti on opti ons when there are no ot her periph era ls. T able 1-5 T ape L ibrary as t h e On ly P eripheral Config u ration Cabl ing Mode Switch Se ttings One-Dri ve T ape Libra ry T wo-Drive Libra ry: Da isy ch ained Minimu m host I/ O slots u sed T wo-Drive Libra ry Bus 1 a nd bus 2 conn ect to s epa rat e SCSI c ard s Ma xi mum performan ce Ad dit ional ca rd an d ca ble r eq u ire d Singl e-ended SCS I connectio n Singl e-ended SC S I co n n e ct io n shown Diff erential SCSI connectio n shown
1-22 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 5: Set the SCSI In terface Mode S witch The fol lowi ng table shows con necti on opti ons when there are ot her periph era ls. T able 1-6 T a pe Library wi th O t her Peripheral s Co n f iguration Cabling M ode Switch S ettings On e -Drive T ape Library: Lib rary on its own bus Ma x i mum per for ma nce On e -Drive T ape Library: Da isy ch ain ed to peri phe ral Minimu m host I/ O s lots us ed T wo-Drive Libra ry: Dais y chai ned lib rary and peri pheral Minimu m host I/ O s lots us ed T wo-Drive Library: b us 1 and bus 2 use se par ate SCSI cards Ad ditiona l card a nd cabl e r equired Minimu m I/O slot s u se d Singl e-ended SCS I connectio n sho wn bu s 2 no t use d Singl e -e nd ed SCS I connection show n E XVîîîQRW îXVHG
1-23 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary S tep 6: C onn ect L ib ra ry t o Host Inst a l lat i on S tep 6: Co nnect Library to Host Do not t urn o n the host system or l ibrary yet ! 1. Prope rly s hut down all pe riphera l devices conn ected to the host com pute r . If th e host co m pu ter is co nnec te d t o a netwo rk, be sure to check with the s yste m adminis trator before s witc hing of f power . 2. Sw itc h of f power to the server . 3. Connect the SCSI cable s. Before you set the mode swit ch, you determi ned how to config ure your SCSI bus (see th e connecti on diagrams on page 1-21 and pa ge 1-2 2). Us ing this conf igur a t ion, connec t the libra r y to th e host. Make sure : ⢠Y ou use the proper port ( s ingl e-ended o r di ffere ntial). ⢠The las t devic e in the SC SI bu s is termi nated . 4. Make sur e the power sw itc h on the libr ary front pane l is switc he d o ff . 5. Plug th e power cord int o the power port on the ba ck of the libr ary . S tand-a lone install ation s : Go to âSt ep 7: Power On the S ystemâ on page 1-2 7. Rack mount i ns tall ations: Go to th e next sect ion , âRo uting SCS I and P ower Ca bles on Rack Mounte d Lib rari es.â Rout ing S C SI a nd Po we r Ca b les on Ra ck M ount ed Libraries CAUTIO N SCSI and power cables must be route d and s ec ured pr oper ly on rack mounte d libra ries . Failure to prope rly route libra ry cable s could result in damag e to the ca ble s. T o p rope rly route an d se cur e rack mounte d libr ary power and SCS I ca ble s: 1. Route the S C SI /powe r cable s through th e s tra in relie f brac ke t: a. Squ e ez e th e two plas ti c en d s of the ca b le st r ai n reli ef bra ck e t to get h er . b. Pul l of f the plas tic s tra in re li ef cl amp.
1-24 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 6: C onnec t Li bra ry to Host c. Route the SCSI ca ble (s) and the power cord thro ugh the cable stra in relief br ac ket. d. Slide t h e s train r e lie f cl amp bac k onto th e brac ke t. e. At ta ch a cabl e tie (inc lud ed in the rac k mou nt kit ) to the SCSI a nd power c abl es abo ut ei ght i n ch e s ba ck fr om the st rai n rel ie f brac ket . f. Atta ch ano ther ca ble t ie about eight inc hes ba ck from t he fi rs t c able t ie. Figur e 1-16 SCSI /Power Cabl es an d S train Relief Brac k et 2. E x te nd th e rac k â s an t i- t ip ra il an d ver i f y th a t th e le v el l e r fe et a re do w n . W ARNING Failure t o extend the antitip rail could re s ult i n personal injury and/or dam age to the library if the rack tips over .
1-25 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary S tep 6: C onn ect L ib ra ry t o Host Inst a l lat i on 3. Use the key to ope n the front acce ss door . Remove th e two screws that se cure the lib rar y to the ra ck. Figur e 1-1 7 Fron t Access Door 4. Slid e the l ibr ary out of th e r a ck so th at it is in th e fully ext end ed posit ion.
1-26 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary S tep 6: C onnec t Li bra ry to Host 5. Gently pul l the SCSI a nd power c ables back towa rd t he rear of th e rack. Use a cable tie to s ecure the m to the rail at t he back of the ra ck. T he cable ti e shoul d be at a bout t he same he ight as t he to p of t he li brary . 6. Careful ly route th e cables down alon g the ba ck rail. Use a cable t ie to secur e them to the ra il ju s t above the sli de mounting bra cket . Cli p of f the e nds of all four cabl e ties. Figure 1-1 8 Secured SCSI and Power Cables 7. Close the ba ck doo r on t he ra ck. 8. Push the li brary bac k int o t he ra ck. 9. Open the front ac ce ss door . Re place the two sc rews t hat se c ure the l ibr ary t o th e rack, then re -lock the d oor .
1-27 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary S tep 7: Po we r O n the Sy ste m Inst a l lat i on S te p 7: Pow er On t he Syste m 1. Plug th e power cord int o a grounded out let. 2. T urn on the power sw it ch. Init iall y SELF TEST a nd NOT READY , and then NOT READY an d INVENTORY CHECK alt ernate ly appear in th e display wind ow o n the li brary . After the power- on test comple tes (approxi mately 1.5 minute s), t he dri ve s tatus info rmati on displ ays. (See âUn derstandi ng Displ ay Wi ndow Message s â on page 3-4.) NOTE If the dri ve sta tus in formation doe s not dis pl ay , the p ower-on test wa s not succ essful and DEVICE FAILED di sp lays. See âT roubl eshoo ting â on page 3-38 for tr oubleshoo tin g proce dures. 3. T urn on other per ipherals (if any) . 4. T urn on the hos t sy s t em. In s t a l l Ba c ku p So f tw a r e Fol low the ins tru ctions provi ded with your ba ckup software to con figur e it to your libra ry . Several tri al version s are provi de d with the lib rary for your eva luati on. V erify Installa tion With T apeAss ur e HP T apeAssure is a soft ware util it y that t ells you qui ckly and easil y wheth er your confi guratio n is corre ct and whet her the tape dri ve is rea dy for us e with backup soft ware. Y our backup sof twar e m ust be T apeAlert compat ible for you to receive thes e mess ages (compatib le pa ckage s wil l di s play the HP T apeAle rt lo go). F or th e lat est lis t of backup pac kages tha t s upport T apeAl ert , refer to HPâ s W orld Wi de W eb site (http :// www .hp.co m/go/t ape ).
1-28 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Movi ng or Sh ipp ing the L ibr ar y Moving or Shipping the Library This s ectio n expl ains ho w to move the li brary a sh ort di s tanc e, such as to an other of fi c e or to anot her floor in th e buildi ng and how to s hip the libra ry t o anot her l oca tion. W ARNING The libr ary weighs appr o ximatel y 100 pounds (45 kilo grams ). T o avoid pers onal i njury and p ossible d amage to the libra r y , at leas t two peo ple must move the li brary . T o move or shi p the l ibrary: 1. Prope rly s hut down and power of f the hos t. 2. Unmount (unr eserve) an y tap e c artri dges in the li bra ry if necessar y . See your comput er ope ratin g syst em documen tat ion, or s oftwa re appli ca tion documenta tion for ins truct ions on how to unmoun t tape cartri dges . 3. V eri f y th a t al l d ri v es in th e lib r ar y ar e em pt y : If the drive s are full, empty the m before shippin g the libra r y . (For inst ruction s , refer to th e software doc um ent ation your host syste m use s to man age the li br ary .) 4. Switc h of f t he power switc h on t he l ibrar y front pane l. CAUTIO N Do not switch of f powe r to the libra ry unt il the SCSI b us i s in activ e. Rem ovin g power from a SCSI perip heral when the bus is activ e can r es ul t in data los s and/or indet ermi nat e bus states . (Chec k your hos t syste m manuals for inform ation ab out che ck ing the SCSI b us status . ) If your comput er is c onnected t o a LAN, be sure to che ck wit h your system admin istrator before shu tting of f power to the l ib r ary . 5. Remove the power cord a nd the SC S I c able connecti ons f rom the librar y rear panel .
1-29 Ins tal li ng th e T a pe L ibr ary Mo vin g o r Shi ppi ng the Li brar y Inst allat ion 6. If the libra ry is rack mou nte d: a. Exte nd the ant i-t ip r ai l on the rac k. W ARNING Failure to extend the anti-tip rail could result in personal injury and/or dama ge to the library if the rack tips over . b. S lide the libra ry o ut of the r ack so that it i s in t he ful ly exte nded po siti on. c. Reatta ch t he han dles to t he side of l i brary usin g tw o screws. Make sure t he handl e flange s are on top of th e slid e s. (The ha ndle s and hardware f or reat tachi ng the m should have bee n saved with the origi nal shippi ng materi als. If they are missing , ca ll yo ur servi ce re presenta tive t o or der repla cement handles .) d. Re move th e thre e 8-32 screws on ea ch s ide of the li brary tha t s ecu re the l ibr a ry to th e rack sl ide s. e. IMPOR T ANT â two people nee ded: W ith a person on ea c h si de of the l ibr ary , lift th e librar y onto a ca rt . 7. T ran sport the lib r ary : ⢠T o move the l ibra ry a short dis tan ce, rol l the cart to the n ew loc ation. ⢠T o s h ip t he li bra r y , re p ac kag e th e l ibr ary i n t he s a me m at er i als a nd sh ip it in t he s ame manne r in whic h it was re ceive d. CAUTIO N The l ibrary ca n be s e riousl y damaged if i t is not shi pped u si ng ap propriat e shipp ing mat eri als. A servic e represe ntati ve can provide a ssi stance or advic e on how to best repa ckage and ship the libra r y . 8. Re- insta ll the li brary . Ref er to ins ta lla ti on step s in t his chapte r .
1-30 In sta lli ng th e T a pe L ib rary Movi ng or Sh ipp ing the L ibr ar y
2-1 Using T apes 2 Using T a p e Cartridges
2-2 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es T ape Cartrid ge Ov erview T ape C a r tri d ge Ov er vi ew The ta pe cart ridges you us e in the tape dri ve are an integ ral part of th e stora ge pr oce ss. This c hapt er explains how to: ⢠Choose a tap e ca rtridge. ⢠Label tap e cartridge s with bar code la be ls. ⢠La b el bulk lo ad maga zi nes. ⢠Inte rpre t drive cl ea ning messa ges. ⢠W ri te-prot ect a tape cartridge . ⢠Mainta in a tape cart rid ge . NOTE For to p per f or mance and r elia bi lity , Hewlet t P ack ard re co m mends HP- la beled ta pe cart ridges tha t have been full y test ed for us e with HPâ s tape produc ts. Purcha se these cart ridges thro ugh any HP-author ized deale r , or order the m thr ough HP Direc t. See âSuppli es and Acc es s oriesâ on page A-3 for orderin g i nform at ion.
2-3 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Cho osi ng T ape Ca rtr idges Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes Choosing T a pe Cartr idges T wo t ype s of c o mpati ble digi tal lin ear tape ca rtridge s a r e ava il able: T able 2-1 Support ed T ape T ype s NOTE Hewle tt- Pack ard recommends us ing the HP DL Ttape IV Data Ca rtri dge for top perform a nce, hi ghes t capacity , and le ast amou nt of hea d cleaning. Car tri dg e T ype A va ila bl e Densi ties HP DL T tap e IV Da ta Cart ridge 20 GBytes uncompre ssed (DL T4000 dri ve) 35 GBytes un compres sed (DL T7000 dri ve) HP DL Ttape III XT Data Cartridge 15 GByt es uncompre ssed
2-4 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Labe ling T ape Car trid ge s Labeling T ape Ca rt ridges Make i t a pra ct ice t o us e bar code labe ls on yo ur tape ca rtridge s. Y our host s of twar e may need to keep trac k of t he fol lowing inf orm ation a nd t he assoc iate d bar co de: ⢠dat e of f ormat or i nitia li zatio n ⢠cartri dge own er (s uc h a s gro up or d epartmen t) ⢠stora ge pur pose (such a s ba ckup, ol d v ersion of operati ng s ystem ) If the host s of tware doe s not keep t rack of t his i nformat ion, c reate a method of doi ng so. Sl id e th e la b el in to th e sl o t on th e fac e o f th e ca r t ri d g e as il lu s t r at e d in F ig u r e 2- 1 . NOTE If bar code lab els ar e not used and the âBa rcode On/Of fâ confi gurati on is set to âOf f,â the Inve nt ory Check test perform ance can be si gnifi cantl y impa cted. T his te st ru ns when the libra ry is powered on and whenev er the front acc es s door is open ed. Se e Appen dix A for infor m ati on about orde ring a ddition al bar code lab els. Figur e 2-1 Pr oper Label Posit i on
2-5 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Labe ling Bul k L oa d Ma ga zin es Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes La bel ing Bu lk Lo ad M aga zi nes Bu lk loa d magaz in es ca n be lab el ed in a mann er sim il a r to ta pe cart r idges . T o l ab el bulk loa d magazine s: 1. Clean the maga zine surfa ce with isopro pyl alco hol (opt ional, but recommende d). 2. Remove the adhe sive backi ng from the labe l pouc h. 3. Apply the pouc h to the magazine anywh ere withi n the sha ded area shown in Figure 2-2. 4. Slid e the labe l into the p ouch. Figur e 2-2 Magazin e L abel P osition
2-6 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Dr iv e Cl ea ni n g M e ss ag es Drive Cl e aning Messages T able 2-2 li sts d rive clean ing m essages that might be c aused by a tape . Not e tha t: ⢠The t ape d rive s do not require sc heduled clea ning m ainte nance . Ex cessi ve us e of the c lean ing cartr idge ca n cause unnec essary we ar on the driv e hea d. ⢠Af ter 20 cle an ing cycle s, the clea ning cart ridg e mu st b e repl aced . NOTE For dri ve cl ea ni ng instru ct ions, refe r to âCl ea ning the Library T ape Driv esâ on page 3-23.
2-7 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Dr iv e C lea n i ng Me ss ag es Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes T a ble 2-2 Drive Cl eaning Message s If this happens: Reas on: Y ou need to: A brand new ta pe cart rid ge i s used and a dri ve clea n ing m es s age is re c eiv ed . Debris from th e tape manuf acturi ng pro ce ss was depos ited on the driv e head. Clean the drive using the tape libra ry cl eaning proce dure i n âCleanin g the Libra ry T ape Dri ves â on page 3-23. If the messag e is displ ayed again wit hin a short amount of tim e, re pl ac e th e ca rt ri d g e. An older , fr eque ntly used tape car tridge is l oad ed an d a dr iv e clea n ing m es s age is re c eiv ed . Dust fro m frequent tape lo ads and unloads has probably bu ilt u p on the tape cartri dge a nd was depos ited on the driv e head. Clean the out s ide of th e ta pe ca rtr idge with a damp clot h. Clean the tape drive usin g the tape drive cle aning procedur e in âCleani ng the Libr ary T ape Drivesâ on pa ge 3- 23. An older , fr eque ntly used ta p e ca us es a clea n ing m es s age to be di splayed for t he s ec ond time. The tap e is probably damaged. (Dam aged cartri dges c an cause unne cessary use of the cle an ing cartridge .) 1. V erify the t ape is r e adable by clea ring t he error message . (Sele ct the ONLINE REP AIR option from the cont rol pane l. T urn of f the drive conta ining the t ape. T urn t he dr ive on agai n. (Se e âUsin g Online Dr ive R eplacement â on page 3-36). 2 . Try r ea d in g t h e t a pe a g ai n: ⢠If the t ape can be read, ba ck up data from the damaged cart ridge to ano ther tape cartri dge and disc ard the dama ged one. ⢠If the t ape can not be read , ca ll se rvice.
2-8 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Write- Prote cting T a pe Ca rt ridg es Writ e-P ro tec ti n g T a p e C ar t ri d ge s The use of the writ e protect switc h ensures data safet y for files tha t have been pr evious ly writte n to the ta pe and pre vents any a ddition al fi les from being wri tte n to the t ap e. T o cha nge t he writ e-prote ct s etti ng, move the write -protec t swi tch: â¢L e f t t o prevent data from being writ ten to the cartri dge . The orange indi ca tor on the car tri dge can be see n when th e wr it e-pr otect swit ch is in the âONâ po si tion (see âAâ in Figure 2-3). ⢠Rig ht to allow dat a to be writt en to the ca rtr i dge. T he ora nge indic at or on the cartri dge c annot be see n when the write-p rote ct swit ch i s in the âOFFâ pos iti on (se e âB â in F ig u re 2 - 3) . W ith t he writ e-prote ct s witch in e ither posi tion, data c an be r ead fr om th e ca rtridge . Figur e 2-3 Write -P rotect Button Settings Wr i t e - P r o t e c t e d Not Wr ite-Protecte d
2-9 Us in g T a pe Ca rt ri dg es Ma intaini ng T ape Ca rt ridg es Using T ape Cartridges Using T apes Maintaining T ape Ca rtri dges T able 2-3 T ape Cartridge Maintenance DO NOT : DO: ⢠Expos e c artridg es to ma gnet ic fie lds . ⢠Leav e ca rtri dges in the ta pe drive when l ibrary power i s of f. ⢠Ex pos e ca rtr idge s t o extr eme tem pe rat u r es o r ex t r eme hu m i d it y . Accept ab le opera tin g tempe rat ures range from 10-40° C (50-104° F). Ac ce p ta ble st o rag e te mp er atu r es range from 16-32° C (60-90° F ) . Accept ab le opera tin g humidit y ranges from 20-80%; ac ce pta ble storage humi dity ra nges fro m 10-95 % . ⢠Expos e ca rtridge s to m oisture or dir ect sunli ght. ⢠Drop t he cartr idge s or car ry t hem i n a loo s e c ontai ner t hat c ould s ubmit the cartr idges to a ny unne cessary physi cal shock. ⢠O p e n c a rt ri dg e s l i d, e x po s i n g t he tape to possi ble c ontamina tion or physi cal damage. ⢠T ouch th e tape s ur fa ce . ⢠T ak e car tri d ge s ap ar t . ⢠Use grap hit e penci ls, water solu ble felt pe ns , or other debris -produci ng writ ing i nstr uments to label cartr idges . ⢠Er ase a labe l; re pla ce it ins tea d. ⢠Sto re car t rid ges i n a cl ean , s af e pl ace in t heir p rote ctiv e p la stic conta iners when not in us e. ⢠Rem ove dus t on t he outside of cart ridges us ing a damp clot h. (Older , fr eque ntly us ed ta pes may bui ld up dus t.) ⢠S tor e cartri dges ve rti call y , not flat . ⢠S tor e cartr i dges inte nded for ar ch iving dat a in their plasti c conta iners a nd in en viron menta l condi tio ns of 18-28° C (64-8 2° F) and 40-60% re lativ e hu mi dity . ⢠Use l abe ls li ke th ose inc lud ed in t h e ac cess orie s ki t or tha t meet the sp ec ifi c a tio ns li ste d in T a b le A-1 on page A-3.
2-10 Us in g T ape Ca rtr idg es Main tainin g T ape Cart ri dge s
3-1 L ibrary Operat ion 3 Operating t h e Library
3-2 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Ov erv iew Over v iew This cha pt er expla ins the fo llo wing library opera tions : ⢠âOperat ing the Con trol Panel â on pag e 3-3 ⢠âUnders ta nding Dis pla y W indow Mess age sâ on page 3-4 ⢠âEnte ring t he Adm inistra tion Me nu P asswordâ o n p age 3-9 ⢠âSetti ng a New Administ ration Me nu Passwordâ on pa ge 3-1 0 ⢠âSetti ng and V iewing SCSI IDsâ on page 3-1 1 ⢠âLoad ing T ape Cart ridges Into the L ibraryâ on page 3-15 ⢠âRem oving T a pe Cartrid ges from the Libra ryâ on page 3-19 ⢠âV iewing Ca rtri dge Bar Code L abelsâ on p a ge 3- 22 ⢠âClea ning t he L ibrary T ape Dri ve sâ on page 3-2 3 ⢠âUsin g Online D r ive Repl acement â on pa ge 3-36 ⢠âSetti ng Conf igurati on Options â on pa ge 3-25 ⢠âRetr ieving P erf ormance Infor mati onâ on pa ge 3-28 ⢠âRunnin g an Interna l T estâ on page 3-32 ⢠âUsin g Online D r ive Repl acement â on pa ge 3-36 ⢠âT ro ubleshoot ingâ o n p age 3-38
3-3 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Op era ting the Co ntr ol Pa ne l L ibrary Operat ion Operating the Contr ol Panel Figur e 3-1 T ape Libra ry Control Panel 1. Selec tion bu ttons a llows you to p erform the foll owing opera tions: ⢠CANCEL cancel s th e cur rent opera tion or opti on. ⢠PREV scroll s t he dis play optio ns ba ckward by one . Whe n hel d cont inuously , the opt ions scrol l quickl y . ⢠NEXT scrolls the displ ay options forwa rd b y one. When hel d cont inuous ly , the opt ions scrol l quickl y . ⢠ENTE R s elects the dis played option . 2. Activi ty li ght in dic at es the follo wing: ⢠Ste ady Green â power i s on. ⢠Flashin g Green â a tape cart ridge is bei ng acces se d. ⢠Amber â fault indic ator . 3. 16-Ch ara cter Displ ay display s informat ion about th e current opera tion or drive stat us . An ast eri sk (*) indica te s the r e is a me nu b eneat h th e op tio n. Pr ess ENTER to ac ces s the me nu. Pre ss NEXT or PRE V to displ ay t he menu opt ions. 4. Power switc h switche s power to the unit on and of f. 5. Door latch l ocks/ unlock s door for a ccess to bulk l oad m agazines.
3-4 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages Understanding Displ ay Window Messages The di sp lay window displ ays dri ve status indi cators an d men u opti ons. Drive S tatu s The fol lowi ng fig ure s hows the drive st atu s indicat ors displa yed when th e library is in th e âr e ad y â st at e. In t his exa mple: 1. Drive 1 has a c artri dge in serted and da ta i s be ing wri tten to th e ta pe. 2. Drive 2 has a wri te-prot e cte d cartri dge i nsert ed. S tatus Indicators S tatus in dic ators provi de dri ve stat us informa tion for the dri ve number tha t precede s on e of the follo wing indicat ors. Th e d r iv e is ful l. Th e d r iv e is empt y . The dri ve ne eds to be cleane d. The ta pe cart ridge in th e drive is write -pro te cte d.
3-5 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages L ibrary Operat ion Activ ity Indi cato rs The a cti vi ty li ght flas hes duri ng the f o ll owing opera tio ns : I nformat ion is being wr it ten to the tap e in the drive . I nfor m atio n is be ing re ad to t he tap e in the dr iv e. The tape in the d r ive is being se arched back ward or is rewi nding. The tape in the d rive i s be ing s eached forward. The d ri v e is b ei n g cl ea n ed .
3-6 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages Control Pan el Opt ions Press PRE V or NE XT wh ile t he l ibr a ry is in the âreadyâ stat e to disp lay fi r s t-l eve l op tio ns. A cce s s sec ond-l evel options from ADMIN * (second level opt ions require a pas s w o rd; s ee âEnte ring th e Administ ration Menu Pas swordâ on page 3-9). An ast eri sk (*) indi cates tha t the opti on has mult iple sele ct ions. When a me nu sele ction is flashin g, pre ss ENTER to select the optio n or dis pla y the op tio nâ s sele ction s . Pre s s PREV or NEXT to displ ay ot her a vaila ble o pti ons. First L evel Options RELEASE DOOR Selec t to allow the acc es s door to be unloc ked. VIEW BAR CODES * Selec t to view the bar code lab els on each tape cart ridge by slot numbe r . ADMIN * Access es seco nd-leve l options . LOAD DRIVE * Loa d s a tap e f rom a sl ot to t he dri ve. T o loa d a ta p e: 1. S elect th e driv e tha t you want to loa d a ta pe into. 2. Selec t th e tape th at you want to lo ad. The cont rol pane l displ ays the barcode nu mbe r and s lot n umb er . Press PREV or NE XT t o se lect , th en ENTER . 3. T he contro l panel di spla ys the dri ve it is lo adi ng to. TAPE LOADED di sp la y s w h e n c om p le te . UNLOAD DRIVE * U n l o ad s a tap e fr o m th e d r iv e to th e sl o t it ca m e fro m . 1. P ress PREV or NE XT t o se lect t he d ri ve th at yo u wan t to un l o ad . P r ess ENTER . I f a tap e is n o t in th e dr i v e, SOURCE IS EMPTY dis plays. 2. T he acti vi ty light flas hes green an d TAPE UNLOADED fl ash e s wh e n com pl et e.
3-7 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages L ibrary Operat ion Second L e vel Opt ions INFO * Dis plays perfor m ance i nformatio n st ored i n the libra ry . TEST * Runs inte rnal librar y tes ts. CONFIG * Cus tomizes the way the l ibra ry functi ons. CLEAN DRIVES * Displa ys t he dri ve numbe rs yo u wish t o cle an. OVERRIDE DOOR * Op ens th e door w h en m edi a is in dri ves. SCSI IDs * Sets the SCSI addresses for t he robotics and the library dri v e s. ONLINE REPAIR * De- ac t iv ates a dr iv e fo r rep l ac em en t.
3-8 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Und ers tandin g Dis pl ay Win dow Mess ages Control Pan el M enu T ree Figur e 3-2 Contr ol Panel Menu Optio n s
3-9 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Enteri ng the Adm in istratio n Men u P asswo rd L ibrary Operat ion Enter ing the Administration Menu Password A numeri c password is re quir e d to acc es s optio ns bene ath ADMIN* menu of the libra ry (s ee Fi gure 3-2 on pa ge 3-8 ). A t hree-p art defa ult pa ssword o f 00 0-000-000 is se t at t he f a ct o ry . T o c h an ge th e p ass w o rd, se e âS e ttin g a N ew A dm ini st ra ti on Menu Pass wordâ on page 3-10. T o en te r th e pa ss w o r d : 1. V erify that the dri ve status dis plays. I f it doe s not d is play , press CANCEL until it does. 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. PSWD 000-000-000 disp la ys, and t he f ir st s et of zer os f las hes . Press ENTER to accept thi s number (if no password has be en set), or pre ss NEXT or PRE V unti l the corr ect n umber disp lays . Pr es s ENT ER . 4. The middle set of ze ros flashe s . Press ENTER to accept thi s number (if no password has be en set), or pre ss NEXT or PRE V unti l the corr ect n umber disp lays . Pr es s ENT ER . 5. T h e la st set of z eros f lashes. 6. Pr ess ENTER to accept thi s number (if no password has be en set), or pre ss NEXT or PRE V unti l the corr ect n umber disp lays . 7. Pr e ss ENTER . INFO * display s. T o acc es s options unde r the ADMIN * m enu, pres s PREV or NE XT unti l the d e sire d op tion d ispla ys, th e n pre ss ENTER . 1 2 â ADMIN * â CONFIG *
3-10 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting a New A dm inis tra tion Menu Pa sswor d Setti ng a Ne w Administrati on Menu Password NOTE Change the pa ssword to so that onl y authori zed persons ca n access the libr ary and chan ge operat ion set tings . Do not for ge t the pa ss word. Only a servi ce rep resenta ti ve can re se t th e password to t he facto ry sett ing. T o se t a new pa ssword: 1. Foll ow the steps on â Enter ing th e Adminis trat ion Men u Pas s wordâ on page 3-9 to ente r the ex isti ng pas s w ord. 2. Pr ess NEXT until CONFIG * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Pr e ss NEXT or PREV until NEW PASSWORD displa ys, then pre s s ENT ER . 4. NEW 000-000-000 disp la y s , and t h e f ir st se t o f zer o s fl ash e s. Press NEXT or PRE V to dis play t he new nu mber s you wis h to a ssign the fir s t pa rt of the pass w ord, then pre s s ENTER . 5. The seco nd se t of ze ros f lashe s. Press NEXT or PREV to disp lay t he ne w numbers you wish t o assign t he s econd part of the pas s word, then press ENTER . 6. T h e la st set of z eros f lashes. Press NEXT or PR E V to di spla y the new numbe rs you wis h to assi gn th e third pa rt of the pass w ord, then pre s s ENTER . 7. PASSWORD CHANGED displ ays. P r e ss CANCEL thr ee tim es to ret urn to the drive stat us ( âready â st at e). NOTE Sa ve the new passwo rd to fla sh ROM by p ower c yclin g the li bra ry , which al lows th e pas s w o rd to be re covered if the l ibra ry is power ed off for mor e tha n ten days. Do not sw itch off powe r to the l ibrar y unt il t he S CSI b us i s in activ e. R emovin g po wer f r om a SC SI perip hera l w hen t h e b u s is ac tiv e can r esult in dat a loss an d /or inde ter minate bus states. If the libra ry is co nne cted to a LAN, chec k with the s ystem adm ini strat or bef ore shut tin g off power to the lib rary . 1 2 â ADMIN * â CONFIG * NEW PASSWORD
3-1 1 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Sett ing an d Vie wing SCSI IDs L ibrary Operat ion Setti ng and V ie wing SCSI IDs NOTE Th e ta pe l ib r ar y h a s a Fas t /Wi de SCSI in t erface . SCSI add ress es ca n be set fro m: ⢠0 to 7 on a DL T 4000 -based lib rary ⢠0 to 15 on a DL T 7000-base d li brary If conne cting to a narrow host, use only addre sses 0 to 7. When y ou choo s e SCSI IDs, you ha ve t wo optio ns: ⢠SET IDs * l et s yo u a ssign individual SC SI IDs to each drive in t he li brar y and to the l ibr ary co ntrolle r . ⢠VIEW IDs * lets you see the cur rent drive and li brary cont roller setti ngs . The fol lowi ng table shows the d efa ult sett ings: T able 3-1 Default SCSI IDs If you are alre ady using any of the s e IDs for your compute r or anothe r SCSI perip heral devic e, f ollow t he in s tructio ns in â Setti ng SC S I IDs â on page 3-12. T o vie w th e cu r rent SC SI add r ess s ett in gs, see âV iewi n g Cur r en t S C SI Add res s Se ttingsâ on pa ge 3-14. 1 2 â ADMIN * â SCSI IDs * DEVICE SCS I ID BUS # LIB ID 6 Bus 1 DR V 1 ID 5 Bus 1 DR V 2 ID (two-drive mod els onl y) 4 Bus 2
3-12 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting an d Vie wing SCS I IDs Sett in g S CSI ID s A SCS I ID is requi red for the robotic s contro ller a nd ea ch dri ve . The d efault IDs are shown i n T able 3-1 on page 3-1 1. The fol lowing con figur ation ch oices are ava ilable : T able 3-2 SCSI Address Configu ration Optio ns T o cha nge t he cur rent SC SI a ddress settin gs: 1. V erify that the dri ve sta tus displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. Pr ess NEXT until SCSI IDs * dis plays, then press EN TER . 5. SET IDs * displays. Press ENTER . LIB BUS # ID # or DRV # BUS # ID # dis plays . LIB BUS # ID # stand s for the current SCSI ID of the roboti cs control ler . DR V # BUS # ID # is the curre nt SCSI ID setti ng for the dr ive number and its as so ci ated bus #. 6. Pr ess NEXT until the setti ng to cha nge d isplays , th en pre ss ENT ER . 1 2 â ADMIN * â SCSI IDs * â SET IDs * Number of Drive s S CSI Bus Addresse s A va ilable 1 13 ad dresses are a vaila ble on bus 1. (Dri ve 1 use s one ad dress and the l ibr ary co ntrolle r us es 1 a ddres s .) 2 If buse s 1 and 2 are connecte d to separate hos t SCSI cards: ⢠13 address es are ava ilabl e on bus 1 for ot her de vices. ⢠14 address es are ava ilabl e on bus 2 for ot her de vices. If buses 1 a nd 2 are daisy-c hained : ⢠12 addr ess es are ava ila ble on the bus for ot her devices .
3-13 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Sett ing an d Vie wing SCSI IDs L ibrary Operat ion 7. The curr ent SCS I ad d r ess se tt ing fl ashe s. Pr es s NEXT or PRE V unt il th e desi red ad dre ss displ ays, then press ENTER . 8. Pr ess NEXT until UPDATE IDs NOW di splays , th en pre ss ENT ER . 9. IDs SAVED displa ys briefly , then one of the fol lowing messa ges displ ays: ⢠If the new setti ngs do not conf lic t with othe r SCSI IDs in the lib rary , SCSI IDs * displa ys. ⢠If the new setti ngs conflic t with other IDs in the library , CONFLICT ABORTED displ ays briefl y , then SET IDs * displays. Any changes ent ered a r e lo s t , an d p r ev i ous st eps mu st b e r epea te d t o se t a ne w a d d r ess . If any bus es are da isy ch ained t ogethe r , make sure the SCSI IDs ar e dif fere nt fo r each device o n the bus. ⢠I f a s eri al c o mmu n i ca ti ons e r r or i s d e te cted w hil e t r yin g t o s et th e SC S I ID s , DRV CONNECT ERR dis plays, followe d by IDs NOT CHANGED . Any c h an ges ent ered ar e l o s t. Th e SCSI IDs * menu displ a ys. 10. Pre ss CANCEL th r e e ti m e s t o r et u rn to the d r ive st at u s ( â read y â st at e). NOTE T o sa ve ne w se tti ngs ca n be save d to fla sh ROM, turn th e li brary off, then turn it back on. This a llows t he s ettin gs to be rec overed if the li brary i s po wered o ff fo r mo r e th a n te n da ys . Do not sw itch off powe r to the l ibrar y unt il t he S CSI b us i s in activ e. R emovin g po wer from a SCSI perip heral when the bus is ac tive can res ult in data loss and/or inde termi nat e bus states. (Chec k the host syst em man ual s for informat ion a bout chec ki ng the SCSI bus st atus.) If the host is conn ected to a LAN, be sur e to ch eck with the syst em admini strator before shut ting of f power to the library .
3-14 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting an d Vie wing SCS I IDs Inter pr eting SCSI Bus S tatus Indic ator LEDs Eac h SC SI bus ha s a n LED to indic ate the bus st atus. T abl e 3-3 S C SI S tat u s I ndi ca t o rs V iewing Curr ent SCSI Ad d res s Settings T o vie w t he cur rent SC SI addr ess s ettin gs: 1. V erify that the drive status displ ays. If no t, pr ess CANCEL until it doe s. 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Pa sswordâ on page 3-9). 4. Pr e ss NEXT until SCSI IDs * dis plays, then press EN TER . 5. SET IDS * displays. Press NEXT until VIEW IDS * d isp lays, t hen pre ss ENTER . 6. BUS # LIB ID # or BUS # DRV # ID * displa ys . (BUS # L IB ID # stand s for the c urrent SCSI ID of t he robo tics cont roller . BUS # DR V # ID # i s t he cu rrent SCSI ID setti ng for the dis pla yed drive numbe r and it s associa te d BUS#.) 7. Pr ess NEXT or PREV to scr oll t hrough the current addr ess se ttings . 8. Pr e ss CANCEL until the next operat ion t o perfo rm di s play s, or u ntil the d rive stat us ( library âreadyâ sta te) displ ays. Indica tion St a t u s S teady gree n Port active and OK. Int ern al (on-boa rd) ter mination ena bl e d. Flas hin g green Port act ive and OK. Int ern al (on-boa rd) ter mination dis abled. No light Port not ac tive or not confi gured. Fl ash i ng r ed Bus mi sm at ch or lo ss o f ex t er n al ter m in a ti o n p ow e r . Flas hing y ellow Bu s of f-l ine f or on-li ne dri ve re place m ent . 1 2 â ADMIN * â SCSI IDs * â VIEW IDs *
3-15 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary L oa din g T ape C a rt r i dg es Int o th e L ib ra ry L ibrary Operat ion Lo adin g T ap e Ca rt ri dge s In to t h e Li bra ry Inse rting/Remo v ing Cart ri dges with Soft war e If th e softwa re package requi res that cartri dges be ins ert ed and removed using the soft ware, c heck t he soft ware d oc umenta tion b efor e proc eeding . Labe l al l cart ridge s before ins er tin g them int o t he magazi nes. (S ee âLabeling T ape Cart ridges â on pag e 2-4.) The bar c ode s an d s to rage s lot locat ions are st ored in li brary m emory when the doo r is c los ed and the I nven tory Check test is aut omat ic ally run. Keeping Cartrid ges in the Magazine T o p reve nt cart ridg es from sli din g out of the bulk loa d magazin es w h en in serti ng the m i nto th e l ibr ar y: ⢠Do n o t u s e ex ce ssi ve fo r ce w h e n ins ert ing t h e ma ga zi nes. This can ca use the maga zin e âlat chingâ mechan isms to fa il . ⢠Do not inse rt magazi nes when the li brar y power is turn ed off. During norm al librar y op erati on, t he cartr idge r e lea s e b utton on top of the m agazine is pu s hed down by a specia l mechani sm insid e the libr ary . This âunloc ks â the cartri dge s, allowi ng them to be ins ert ed and remove d f r om th e s tora ge slots as need ed. When th e contr o l panel RELEASE DOOR opt ion is ena bled, t he button o n top of the m agazine is r elease d, whic h âr e locks â t he ca rtridge s in to the maga zi ne sl ots . Durin g a p ower fa ilure, h owe ver , thi s bu tton i s no t rel eased, and cartr idges c an slid e out of their sto rage sl ots if a magazi ne is inse rted or r em oved fr om the librar y . (If no magazines are in a librar y , the spec ia l m ech anism defaul ts t o the posit ion t hat ke eps cartridge s l ocked into the m agazine st orage s lot.)
3-16 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Loadi ng T a pe C ar tridg es In to th e Lib r ary Loading T ap es T apes a re bulk loaded into magazines , whi ch a re the n ins erte d into t he li brary through the front ac ce s s door . The lib rary holds from one to thre e 5-slot magazin es. T o lo ad ta p es in t o th e m ag az in e : 1. V erify that the dri ve status displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. V erify that a ll dr ives in t he li brary are e m pty (see t he not e be low). NOTE The dri ve( s) must be empty befor e the acc es s door ca n be released . If the drive( s ) are no t em pt y , EMPTY DRIVES NO disp lays. P r es s NEXT or PREV until EMPTY DRIVES YES displ ays, then pre s s ENT ER . 3. Pr e ss NEXT or PREV until RELEASE DOOR dis p l a y s . 4. Pr ess ENTER . DOOR RELEASED di spl a y s. I f a n err or me ssa ge d i sp lay s, se e âT rouble shoot ingâ o n page 3-38. ) NOTE Some sec urity con figur at ions may prev ent the ac ce ss door from be ing release d. If a se curi ty opt ion is en abl ed, SECURITY ENABLED di sp lay s a fter th e RELEASE DOOR opt ion is chosen. In some situ ations it may be neces s ary to overri de a securi ty opt ion a nd o pen the acc es s door . T o open the ac cess door when a sec urity opti on prevent s the door fr om bein g rele ased, us e the OVERRIDE DOOR option und er the ADMIN * menu (Fi gure 3- 2 on pa ge 3- 8). 5. Unlock the acc es s door us ing the ke y .
3-17 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary L oa din g T ape C a rt r i dg es Int o th e L ib ra ry L ibrary Operat ion 6. Open the acce s s door by pulli ng the t op of the d oor outwa rd. NOTE Do not l et t he door fall op en. The door s traps may be damage d. F igu re 3 - 3 Ope ni ng t he Fro nt A c ce ss D oor 7. Insert up to five tap e cartri dge s into a magazi ne so that the tape bran d nam e prin ted o n the top o f t he cart ridge is fa cing up and the tape labe l is fa cing out. T h e ta pe s s hou l d âc lic kâ i n to p lac e. Fi gur e 3-4 Lo adin g T ape Ca rt ridg es i n to t he Ma g azi ne
3-18 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Loadi ng T a pe C ar tridg es In to th e Lib r ary 8. Insert the magazi ne so it l i nes up with the arrow on the l abel in s ide the librar y , the han dle is fac in g the front of the libra ry , and the t apes are facing the i ns ide of the t a pe lib rary . T he m agaz ine shou ld âc lickâ int o plac e. Figur e 3-5 Ins erting Magazines 9. Shut and l ock t he acce ss do or u s ing the k ey lo c k. Ma ke sure the door i s s hut c o mp le te l y . NOTE The library INVENTORY CHECK te st run s w hen t he ac ce ss d oor i s cl os ed so th at an inve ntory of tape bar co de labels and s torage slot loc ations ca n be stored int o library memory . This proc ess tak es abou t one minut e. The test fail s if the door i s not com plete ly shut. W ARNING Do not attempt to disable the interlocks. If the library is operating with fewer than three ma gazines inserted and the door open, the user can be exposed to Clas s II laser light emitted fr om the bar code r eader .
3-19 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Remov ing T ape C artr id ges fro m the Li brary L ibrary Operat ion Removing T a pe Cartridges fr om the Library The tape lib rary is des igned t o h old from one to thr ee 5-s lot m agaz ines. Fol low t hese steps to remove magaz ine s fro m the library : NOTE Some software pack ages requi re th at tape c art ridges be inserte d and re mov ed using the software . If a software package manage s files in the li brary , check the software do cumentatio n before p roceeding. NOTE All drive s must be empty bef ore the acce s s door can be release d. In addit ion, some se curi ty co nfigur at ion s may preven t the acces s d oor f r o m b ein g rele as ed. If a se curi ty opt ion is en abl ed, SECURITY ENABLED di sp lay s a fter th e RELEASE DOOR opt ion is chosen. T o rem ove magazi nes from the libra ry: 1. V erify that t he dri ve s tatus displays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. V eri f y th a t al l d ri v es in th e lib r ar y ar e em pt y . 3. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until RELEASE DOOR dis p l a y s . 4. Pr ess ENTER . DOOR RELEASED disp la ys. (See the fol lowi ng note. If an error message dis plays, s ee âT roublesho otingâ on pa ge 3-38 .) NOTE The dri ve( s) must be empty befor e the access door can be re leased. If the dr ive (s) are no t em pt y , EMPTY DRIVE NO disp la ys. Pres s NEXT or PRE V until EMPTY DRIVE YES displ a y , then pres s ENTER . In some situ ations it may be neces s ary to overri de a securi ty opt ion a nd o pen the acc es s door . T o open the ac cess door when a sec urity opti on prevent s the door fr om bein g rele ased, use the OVERRIDE DOOR optio n un der th e ADMIN * menu (see Fig ure 3-2 on page 3-8 ) .
3-20 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Remov ing T ape Cartr id ges from the Li bra ry 5. Unlock the acc es s door us ing the ke y , then open the door . NOTE Do not l et t he door fall op en. Da mage t o the door st raps m ay occur . F igu re 3 - 6 Ope ni ng t he Fro nt A c ce ss D oor 6. Remove the des ired magazine by pus hing the but ton at the top of the magazi ne handle (se e Figur e 3-7) and pull ing out the m aga zi ne. Figur e 3-7 Removin g Magazi n es
3-21 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Remov ing T ape C artr id ges fro m the Li brary L ibrary Operat ion 7. If necess ar y , remove tape s from th e m agaz in e. Press the button on top of th e magazin e, t hen pu ll out the tape . W ARNING Do not attempt to disable the i nterl ocks. If the l i brary is operating with fewer than thr ee magazine s inserted and the door open , the user c an be exposed to Clas s II laser light emitted fr om the bar code r eader . 8. Shut and l ock t he acce ss do or u s ing the k ey lo c k. Ma ke sure the door i s s hut c o mp le te l y . NOTE The li bra ry INVENTORY CHECK test runs when th e acces s door is compl et ely clos ed so th at an i nventor y of t ape b ar co de label s a nd stora ge s lot l ocati ons ca n be sto red into li bra r y memory . Thi s process ta kes abo ut one minu te.
3-22 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Viewin g Ca rtr id ge B ar C ode La bels V i e w in g C a rtr id ge B ar C o de La b el s Bar cod e label info rmation ca n be viewed f or each tape cartrid ge in the li brar y using the co ntrol pane l. Bar code in formation dis pl ays sequ entia lly by storage sl ot nu mber . T o vie w bar code i nfor m atio n: 1. V erify that the dri ve sta tus displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until VIEW BAR CODES * di splays , th en press ENTER . ###### SLOT # displays. (â#### ##â represents the bar code in formation, and â#â represent s the first s tora ge slot that cont ains a bar coded tape ca rtridge .) NOTE If there a re no bar coded tape cartr idges i n the librar y , LIBRARY EMPTY di splays br iefly , t hen VIEW BAR CODES * displays. Pres s CANCEL t o re tur n t o the d r iv e statu s i n dic ators (âreadyâ st at e). 3. Pr ess NEXT or PREV to scroll through the s tora ge slot loc ations tha t conta in ba r coded ta pe c artridg es. 4. Pr ess CANCEL twice to return to the dri ve sta tus indi cators (ârea dyâ state ).
3-23 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Cle aning the L ibra ry T a pe D riv es L ibrary Operat ion Cleaning the L ibrar y T ape Drives NOTE Clea ning the drive s takes about 5 mi nut e s per dri ve an d requi res a specia l digita l line ar tape cle ani ng cartri dge . (T ypic ally , cleani ng cartri dge s are light ye llow and data car tridges are black, brown, or white. See App endix A for a lis t of suppl ies.) The dri ve m ec hanisms do not re quire s che duled cl ea ning s and should be cle aned on ly if a â cle an drive â status indi cator di spla ys af te r the dri ve number . Se e âUnde rstan ding Displ ay W indow Messa gesâ on page 3-4. If a cle aning cartridge is not st ored i nside the ta pe l ibrary , i t must be i nserted into a libra ry storage slo t before you begin clea ning the drive . If th e clea nin g cart rid ge needs to be re pla ced , REPLACE CLEANING disp l ays. The software package may m a nage drive cleani ng. T o clean one or more of the drive s : 1. V erify that t he dri ve s tatus displays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Make sur e all driv es are empty . T o empty the d rive s, ref er to the doc ume nta tion fo r t h e soft wa re pa ck ag e . 3. Pr e ss NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 4. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Adminis trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 5. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss NEXT until CLEAN DRIVES * di splays , the n pre ss ENT ER . ⢠If th e li brary power has been tur ned off or the access door has been opene d sin ce a cle aning cartr idge l ocati on was last se lect ed, SET CLEAN CART* di s plays. P r es s E NTER . ⢠If the librar y power has not been turne d off or the access door ha s not be en op ene d si nce a clea ning car t ridg e locat ion wa s la st se lect ed, CLN CART LOC # dis plays (the n um ber of the cle aning cartr idge st orage slot l a st 1 2 â ADMIN * â CLEAN DRIVES *
3-24 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Cle aning the Li brary T a pe D riv es sel e ct ed is fl as hi n g .) If th e st or a g e slo t lo cat i on is co r r ec t , pr e ss ENT E R . T o se lect a dif ferent stor a ge sl ot loc ation , press NEXT unti l the corr ect st orag e slo t locat ion disp la ys, the pr es s ENTER . 6. ###### SLOT # displ ays (â######â is a b arcode nu mber or is blan k if barcode s are not bei ng used, and the storag e slot loca ti on number is fla shing ). Press ENTER to se le ct the displ ayed stora ge slot loc ation or pre ss NEXT or PREV to s ele ct a d i ffer ent s to r age s l ot lo ca t ion , th en pr e ss ENTE R . 7. CLEAN DRIVE 1 displays and the â1â is fla shing. Pre s s NEXT until th e driv e number to cle an di splays, the n press ENT ER . T o clean both drive s, press NEXT or PREV until CLEAN DRIVE ALL di splays , th en pre ss ENT ER . NOTE If t he dri ves ar e not em pty , a DRIVE FULL mes sage d ispla ys, a nd the drive s mus t be empti ed before they c an be c le aned. If the s lot l oca tion chose n in St ep 4 did no t cont ain a clea ning cart ridg e, NOT CLEAN CART displ ays brie fly , the n CLEAN FAIL # d ispl ays. Press CA NCEL to t w ic e to retur n to t h e âr e ad yâ sta te . Che c k th e bulk l oad maga zi nes in th e librar y t o loca te t he c leaning c artri dge. If no cleaning cart ridge is p rese nt, i nsert o ne int o an ava il ab l e slo t . In th e eve n t o f a d riv e er r o r , su ch as a ser i al co m mu n i ca ti o ns fai lu re , FAILED di splays and the CLEA N DRIVES * me nu di s p l a y s . CLEANING DRV # displays (# is the numbe r of the dri ve being cle ane d). When th e dr i v e ha s be en cl ea ne d , CLEANED DRV # di s p l a y s br i e f l y , th e n CLEAN DRIVES * is aga in dis played . 8. Pr ess CANCEL until the next operat ion t o perfo rm di s play s, or u ntil the d rive status indi cators (li brary âre adyâ st ate) are displ ayed.
3-25 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Settin g Co nfig ura tion Opti ons L ibrary Operat ion Setting Configura ti on Options Y ou can s et c ert ain opt ions t o custom iz e the way the librar y operat es . These options ar e call ed c onfigura tio ns. T o cha nge a confi guratio n: 1. V erify that t he dri ve s tatus displays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Adminis trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss NEXT until CONFIG * displ ays , then pre ss ENT ER . 5. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until the name of th e configu rat ion you wish to set dis plays , th en pre ss ENT ER . If the confi gurati on has multi ple sett ings, the c urrent sett ing flas hes. Ot herwise, the config uration op tion i s set and a co nfirmatio n message displ ays. ( C onfigura tion o pti ons are des cribed on the foll owin g page s.) If the curre nt config uration setti ng is fla shing, press NEXT or PREV unt il t he desi red set ting displ ays, then pres s ENTER . OPTION SAVED displ ays. 6. Pr ess CANCEL to r e tur n to the dr ive st atus (ârea dyâ st ate). The ta bl e on the follo wing page de scrib e s the avai la ble confi gurati ons. 1 2 â ADMIN * â CONFIG *
3-26 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Setting Con figu rati on Optio ns T able 3-4 Configurat ion Options Config Name Descri ption Default RECOVERY ON/OFF If t he conf ig u ratio n is set t o ON, t h e li brar y at tempt s to re co v er fro m err ors . If the confi gurati on is set to OF F , the librar y immed iately stops m ov ing if a n error oc curs. The defa ult confi guratio n i s RECOVERY ON and should remai n ON under no rmal co nditions . ON RESTORE DEFAULTS Se ts all libra ry configu ration s back to th ei r defa ult setti ngs. â CLEAR ODOMETERS Used by servi ce personne l only . Set s all libr ary od ometer s back to ze ro. â STARWARS ON/OFF Used by servi ce personne l only a nd sho uld be set t o ON du ring nor m al op erat ion. If th e c o nfi g ur a ti o n is se t to O N , the l ibr ar y ru ns wit h the v er t ical sen s o r s enabl es. If t h e co nfigu r atio n is set t o OFF , the li brary runs with ve rtica l s ens ors disable d. ON NEW PASSWORD Allows you to change t he nu merical password r e quire d to access the opt ions unde r the ADMIN * menu on the libr ary contro l panel. These opti ons i nclude confi gurati ons, te sts, and i nfor m atio n logs . T o cha nge t he password , s ee âSetting a New Adm inistra tion Menu Passwordâ on pag e 3-10. â SCSI LOG ON/OFF Used by s ervice p ersonnel only , and should be s et to OFF during norma l o pe ratio n. Track s in t er n al S CS I st at es an d sav es the in formati on to a log. OFF SECURE ON/OFF When set to ON, ta pe magazine s cannot be loa ded or removed . If the co nfigurat ion is set to OFF , the libra ry operat es in it s defau lt state , which allows ca rtridge s to be loa ded and remove d. OFF POWER SECURE ON/OFF Whe n se t to ON, the SECURE ON/OFF co nfigurat ion set ti ng is re ta ine d in the even t of a powe r outa ge. I f th is conf igu ration is set t o OF F , the li brar y re turn s to i ts de f aul t se tting o f POWER SECURE OFF when power is ret urned after bei ng shut of f. OFF
3-27 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Settin g Co nfig ura tion Opti ons L ibrary Operat ion REP RECOVERED ON/OFF When set to ON, the recovered e rrors are report ed. When set to OFF , the recovere d error s a r e not re port ed. ON CONF40 ON/OFF Us ed by serv ice pers onn e l only . Do not at tempt to us e this confi guratio n â to do so m ay resul t in a ser vic e call . â BARCODE ON/OFF When set to ON, th e barcodes and slot lo c ati ons are stor ed into libra ry memory when th e front access door is closed and the In vent ory Check tes t runs. When set to OF F , the barcode s are not reco rded when the Invent ory Che ck test runs . ON Config Name Descri ption Default
3-28 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Retri eving Pe rfor man ce Inf orm ation Re trie vi n g Per for man ce In f o rmat i on Us e th e INFO * opt ion t o d isplay informati on about the op erati ons o f the libra ry . This inf o r ma ti on is calle d a log. T o ac ces s a n i nfor ma ti on l og: 1. V erify that the dri ve status displ ays (if not, pres s CANCEL until it does ) . 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss ENTE R . 5. Pr e ss NEXT until the name o f t he lo g to a ccess displ ays, the n pr ess ENTER . A n asteri sk (*) indic ates tha t there are more ch oic es beneat h the d is playe d choi ce. 6. Pr ess CANCEL to r e tur n to the dr ive st atus (ârea dyâ st ate). 1 2 â ADMIN * â INFO *
3-29 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary R etrie vi ng Perf o rma nc e Info rma tion L ibrary Operat ion T able 3-5 In formation Logs Lo g Name Des cription REVISION Dis plays the li bra ryâ s firmware rev ision number . LIB ODOMETERS * Press ENTE R to sel ect the o dom eter log s . HOU RS # Number of operat ion hours (tim e during which powe r was on). So me tim e may hav e been spent in power re ductio n mode. MOV ES # T o ta l number of moves and move att empts by the cart ridge tra ns port mechan ism. XLA TES # T ota l n umber of cart ridge trans port mechanis m hori zontal moves. DRIVE LOADS * Press ENTE R to selec t the logs desc ribed in the next few rows. DRI VE 1 Number of tape cartridg e loads f or drive 1 . DRI VE 2 Numbe r of t ape cartridg e loads f o r drive 2 (t wo drive libra ry only) . DRIVE FW * Pr ess ENTE R to selec t the firmware r evi sion of the dr ive y ou want to se e. D1 REV ISION # Firmware revis ion of drive 1. D2 REV ISION # Firmwar e revi s ion of dri ve 2 (two drive li bra ry only) . INTERFACE FW * Press ENTE R t o s e le ct t h e Int erf a ce bo ar d r e vis i on. BUS NUM = Pre ss NEXT or PREV to di spla y the inte rface bu s numbe r t o se le ct , th e n v ie w : FAS T WIDE SCS I Di sp la y s th e in te r f ac e ty p e. 805 2 Rev # Displ ays the 8052 firmwa re. 805 2 CKSUM # Disp lay s the 8052 chec ks um revisi on. COB RA REV# Displays the r e vision of the i nterface chip (C obra).
3-30 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Retri eving Pe rfor man ce Inf orm ation HARD ERROR * Log of unre co verable erro rs (commands that did not suc ce ssfu lly co m plete ). Retur ns eith er NO HARD ENTRIES or ENTRY # . ( T here m ay be mul ti ple hard e rror n umbers.) Press ENTE R to view the l og for th e currentl y d isplaye d error , o r pr ess NEXT to sel ec t th e nex t er r or . SOFT ERROR * Log of re cove re d errors (co mmands succe ssful ly complet ed). Return s eith er NO SOFT ENTRIES or ENTRY # . (There may be multiple sof t error nu m be rs .) P r es s ENTER to view the log for the curre ntly dis pl a yed error , or press NEXT to s ele ct th e ne xt err or . RECOVERY ERROR * L og of er rors duri ng most recent m ove. Retur ns eithe r NO ENTRIES or t he number of recove ry errors. Press ENTER to vi ew the lo g f o r th e curr ent ly d isplaye d error , o r pr ess NEXT to sel ec t th e nex t er r or . Err or Logs HARDWARE ERR# I n d i ca te s th e ca us e of th e f ai lu re . FRU 1 # Fi eld repl aceable u nit most li kel y to be at faul t. FRU 2 # Fi eld r eplac eable u nit se cond m ost likel y to be at f ault. FRU 3 # Fi eld r eplac eable u nit t hird m ost likel y to be at f ault. MOTION <name> <na me> indic at es t he type of mo vemen ts tak ing pl ace at the ti m e of the fa il u r e : EXC HANGE MOV E POS ITION INI T ELEM REZ ERO ROT ATE DIA GNOSTIC RES TORE SOURCE # Elem e nt n um b er t o wh i ch th e so u rce r efe rs . (V al id fo r MOVE, EXCHANGE , and POSITION m ovement s on ly .) Lo g Name Des cription
3-31 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary R etrie vi ng Perf o rma nc e Info rma tion L ibrary Operat ion DESTINATION 1 # El em e n t to w hi c h th e f i rs t de s t in a ti o n r ef er s . (V al id fo r MOVE and EXC HANGE movements only .) DESTINATION 2 # Elem ent to which the sec ond de stinati on refers. (V alid for EXCHANGE move ment on ly .) ODOMETER # Mo ve num ber i n which the error occurred. MICROMOVE 1 # Fi rst li brary micr o-m ove fo r the ori gina l move command is su ed be fore t he fa il u r e . MICROMOVE 2 # Se co nd libr ary micr o-m ove for th e origina l mo ve co mmand issue d befo re the f ai lu r e . MICROMOVE 3 # Thi rd library micro-m ove for the origi nal move command is sued before the fa il u r e . MICROMOVE 4 # Fou rth libra ry micro- move for the origi na l move com mand is sued before the f ai lu r e . MICROMOVE 5 # Fi fth libra ry mi cro -move for th e ori ginal move c omman d is s ued before the fa il u r e . MICROMOVE 6 # La st libra ry micr o-mo ve for th e origina l move comm and iss ued before the fa il u r e . MICROMOVE ER # Actu al micro-move e rror that occurre d. Lo g Name Des cription
3-32 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Run nin g an I nte rnal T es t Running an Internal T est The libra ry ca n run s elf-d iagnos tic tests . T o run t hese t ests, foll ow t hese st eps: CAUTIO N Some diagno stic tes t s can place tape cartr idges in unex p ec ted loc at ions. The se te sts shou ld be run only by aut hori zed servic e personne l. 1. V erify that the drive status displ ays. If no t, pr ess CANCEL until it doe s. 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * appear s in the displ ay window , then pre ss ENTER . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * disp lays . P res s N EXT or PREV until TEST * di spla ys, th en press ENTER . 5. Pr e ss NEXT until the name o f t he te st to run disp lays, then pre ss EN TER . 6. NUM LOOPS # displa ys, wher e the 1 is fla sh ing. Pres s N EXT unti l the number of test loops you wis h to run dis pla ys, the n press ENT ER . NOTE Press CANCEL at any ti me to abo r t a tes t. TEST CANCEL - WAI T displa ys whi le t he cu r r e nt tes t loop comp letes . 1 2 â ADMIN * â TEST *
3-33 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Runn ing an In tern al T est L ibrary Operat ion T able 3-6 Inte rnal T ests Te s t N a m e Description EXERCISE MECH Runs th e VERTICAL TEST , TRANSLATE TEST , MAGAZINE IO , a nd DRIVE IO test s. Each tes t is run one tim e per test loo p. EXCHANGE DEMO Use d by service personne l only . Do not r un this test if the library contains tape c ar tridges wi th file s ystem data on them. This te st move s rando mly chos en ca rtr idges to rando m stora ge slot loc ations. Thi s test displ ays FAIL if th ere are no cartr idges i n the librar y or if all stora ge slot s are full. For bes t result s, th e li brary shou ld con tain as many ca rtri dges a s th ere are drives, p lus two addit ional ca rt ridges . The transport must be empty . IO DRIVE Mak es a combi nation of mo ves wit h a PASS/FAIL re s ult. I f the drive s are empt y , a tape cart ridge is moved from a rando mly chose n full s lot to a randomly ch osen d r iv e. If t he dri ves ar e full , a tap e cart rid ge is mov ed from a r an d omly chos en dri ve to a ra ndomly chosen sto rage sl ot. I t then move s t he cart ridge back t o it s or i g in a l loca t io n . T h is te st di s p la y s FAIL if ther e ar e n o ca rtri dge s in the libra ry or if all st orage slot s are full. The tr ansport and th e m ail slot mus t be emp ty . IO MAGAZINE Makes a combi nation of mo ves wit h a PASS/FAIL result . It m oves a tape cart ridge from a random full sl ot to a random empty s lot. It th en moves the tap e cart ridge back to it s origina l storage sl ot. This tes t displays FAIL if th er e ar e no c artr id g es in th e li br ar y o r i f a ll s to r age s lot s ar e fu ll . Th e d riv es , t ran sp o rt, a n d th e mail s lot m ust be empt y . IO MAILSLOT Makes a combi nation of mo ves wit h a PASS/FAIL result . It m oves a tape cart ridge from a random full sl ot to the mail slot. It the n moves the tape car tridge ba c k to i ts o ri g ina l s to rag e s l ot. T his te st di s pl ay s FAIL if th er e a re n o ca rtr i dg es in the l ibrary or if all st orage slot s are fu ll. The driv es, tran sport, and t he mailslot must be empt y . INVENTORY CHECK Func tions th e s ame as th e SCSI In iti aliz e El emen t St atu s c omman d. Th is test phy s ica lly s cans the e ntire unit to de termine which stor age s lots c ontai n tap e cart ridges a nd if th e driv es cont ain c artri dges. NOTE: Thi s tes t will appe ar a s ISTAT TEST in all f ront pa nel error messages. TEST TRANSLATE T ransla tes from si de to side. No tape cartridg es are required . TEST VERTICAL Moves t he tra nsport mecha nism u p and down the f ull l ength of the ra il. Return s PASS/FAIL . No tape cartridg es are required .
3-34 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Run nin g an I nte rnal T es t WELLNESS TEST Check s the gen era l ca pab ili ty of the lib rary . Requ ire s one loa d ed ta pe cart rid ge, but t he dri ves and t ransport must b e empty . Runs INIT MECHANICS and EXERCISE MECH . Each test is run one time pe r test lo op. FIND PLUNGE HOME Run s mec hani sm recalib rartion, determin es the refer ence points in the pic ker tr avel path, and te sts the pic ker . This te st ass ume s that t he mec han ics an d se rvo syste m a r e functio nal . No tape cartr idges are re quire d. FIND VERT HOME Recali brates the v ert ical posi tion and verifi es tha t the vert ical path is cl ean. No tape cartridg es are required . FIND XLATE HOME Cali brat es the tr ansl at e p o s it io n . No tape ca rtri dges ar e r equ ir e d. INIT MECHANICS Run s th e FIND PLUNGE HOME , FIND VERTICAL HOME , FIND XLATE HOME , an d INIT ELEM STATUS tes t s . Ea ch te st is r un o ne ti m e per te st loop . EMPTY DRIVES Used b y serv ice personnel only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary conta ins tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Moves cartrid ges out of th e dri ve me chan ism an d r etur ns t hem to the ir or igi nal st orag e sl ot l ocati ons if the lo ca tio ns are know , othe rwis e the cartri dges are pla ced int o the firs t avail abl e sto rage slot . EMPTY PICKER Used b y serv ice personnel only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary conta ins tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Moves a tape cartri dge from the cart rid ge tra ns port me cha nism to its orig inal s tor a ge slot loc at ion if th e lo catio n is kn ow , otherwis e t he ca rtridge is plac ed i nto th e firs t a vaila ble s torag e slo t. FILL PICKER Used b y serv ice personne l only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary contains tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Moves a tape cartri dge in to the car tridge tr anspor t mechanism f rom the first storag e s lot c ontaini ng a cart ridge . REWIND MEDIA Used b y serv ice personnel only . Do not r un this test if the l ibrary conta ins tape c ar tridges wi th actual fi le syste m data on them. Rewind s the ta pe in the drive( s) and open s th e so le noid in the dri ve handle, whi ch al lows the tap e to be remov ed from th e drive by li fting the handle s. If t he pic ker m alfunc tions , use t hi s opt ion to get th e ta pes out of the driv e. CLEAR SOFT LOG Se ts the soft error log to zero. CLEAR HARD LOG S e ts th e har d er r o r lo g to z er o . Te s t N a m e Description
3-35 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Runn ing an In tern al T est L ibrary Operat ion PLUNGE FULL SPD Allows the cart ridge trans port m ec hanics to run at full spe ed. This se tti ng shoul d alway s be us ed u nder no rmal librar y opera tions . PLUNGE 1/2 SPD Used b y s e rv i ce pe rsonn el o n l y . Allows the car tridge tr ans por t mecha nics to r un at hal f spe ed. SENSOR TRANSLATE T es ts the hor iz ontal pa th that th e ca r tri dge t r ans por t me ch anism foll ows when movin g fr om one stack of tap e cartridge s to anot her . Displays ON or OFF . If OFF di sp lays, the se ns or is bloc k. (T his displ ay is autom aticall y update d if the sen so r sta tus cha nge.) Re qui res the use of one ta pe cartridge . SENSOR MAGAZINE The displ ays shows M1 1 M2 1 M3 1 . Eac h â1â in di ca t es th a t th e ca d dy is in plac e. If a â0â is dis playe d, t he c addy h as not be en ins ert ed into th e libra ry . (This disp lay is automat ical ly upda ted if the sensor stat us changes. ) SENSOR STARWARS The displ ay shows 0 0 . Ea ch â0 â in d i ca te s one of the pa th s th a t th e ca r tr i d ge tr an sp o r t me ch an i s m follows in front of each st ack of tape cartri dges . If the path is clea n, a 0 dis pla ys; if th e pa th is bloc ked (b ecaus e of a cart ridg e that is not in se r te d full y int o its stor age sl ot for exa mple ), an * wil l be di spla yed. (This dis play is auto mati cally upd ate d if the sensor s tat us change s .) VERTICAL ENCODER Moves the ca rtr i dge tra nsport mec hanism down, mov es it ba ck up a short di stanc e , the n mov es it ba ck dow n . The las t ti me the t r an s po rt mech anism is moved do w n t he number of en coder counts i s verif ied. Re turns PASS/FAIL . No tape cartridg es are required . Te s t N a m e Description
3-36 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry Usi ng Onlin e Dr ive Repla ce m ent Using Online Drive Replacement CAUTIO N Unl ess t he s ituat ion de scri bed be low e xists , t his options shoul d only be use d b y an au th orized s er v ice repr esen ta tiv e. Using this op tio n causes the libr ary drive m ec h a ni s m( s) t o beco me inac tiv e. Online dr ive r eplacem ent is an import ant ne w fea ture t hat allows: ⢠an au tho rized ser v ice repr esen tat ive to rep lace a f aul ty dri ve whil e th e librar y is acti ve ⢠a user to cle ar a dri ve c leaning error when a tape that m ay be damage d is in the driv e This fea tu re shoul d on ly be use d by an aut horize d servic e represe ntati ve. However , if an olde r , freque ntly used ta pe causes a dri ve cleanin g mess a ge to be displa yed more than onc e and you sus pect the ta pe i s damaged, use t he âOnli ne Repa irâ opti on can be us ed to cle a r th e drive error me ssage so you ca n a ttem pt to r ecover da ta from the damaged tape . T o use thi s option to clear a dri ve c leaning erro r: 1. W ith CLEAN DRV # displ ayed, pres s CANCEL until the dri ve status dis plays. (# is the dr ive nu mbe r cont ainin g t he da maged tape . ) 2. Pr ess NEXT until ADMIN * displ ays, then pres s ENTE R . 3. Enter the thr ee-par t numeri ca l pass word (see âEn te ring the Admini s trat ion Menu Passwordâ on page 3-9). 4. INFO * dis pl a ys . P re ss NEXT or PRE V until ONLINE REPAIR * disp lays, the n press EN TER . DRIVE POWER * display s. 1 2 â ADMIN * â ONLINE REPAIR *
3-37 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary Us ing Onli ne Driv e R epl ac emen t L ibrary Operat ion 5. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until DRIVE STATUS d isplays , t hen pre ss ENTER . DRV 1 ON GOOD display s. ⢠If the damaged ta pe is in dr ive 1, press ENT ER . ⢠If the damaged ta pe is in driv e 2, press NEXT unti l DRV 2 ON GOOD displ ays, then pr ess ENTER . DRV # ON GOOD displa ys, where â#â i s the drive numbe r and ON GOOD is flas hing. 6. Press N EXT un til DRV # OFF FAILED d isp l ays then pre ss ENTER . 7. CHANGE CONFIRMED displa ys bri efly , th en ONLINE REPAIR * d i sp la ys . Press ENTER . 8. DRIVE POWER * displays. 9. Pr ess NEXT or PREV until DRIVE STATUS d isplays , t hen pre ss ENTER . 10. Pre ss NEXT or PREV until DRV # OFF FAILED displays (wher e â#â is the number of th e driv e that was just ta ken off -line) th en pre s s ENTER . 11 . DRV # OFF FAILED dis plays, wher e â#â is t he dri ve numbe r and OFF FAILED i s flashi ng. 12. Pre ss NEXT until DRV # ON GOOD di splays , then press ENTER . 13 . SETTING UP DRIVE dis p la ys brie fly while the dr iv e communic a tio n tes ts ru n, foll owing b y CHANGE CONFIRMED and th en ONLINE REPAIR * . 14. Pre ss CANCEL twic e to re turn t o th e d rive num bers and sta tus i ndic ators (â readyâ stat e). 15 . T ry rea ding t he da maged t ape a gain. ⢠If th e ta pe can be re ad, back up data from the da maged cart rid ge to anothe r tape car tridge and d iscard the d a maged one. ⢠If the tape canno t be read, cal l your servic e represen tativ e.
3-38 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry T r o ubl es hoo ting T rouble shoo ting This sec tion p rovid es infor m ation o n soluti ons to probl ems t hat m ay o ccur in the op e rati on of t he l ibrary . T abl e 3-7 lists s teps t he admi nistrat or sh ould t ake b efore cons ultin g a s ervice represe ntati ve. NOTE If you de cide t hat a se rvice call i s ne eded, wr ite down the libra ry serial number before cal ling. The ser ial numb er is locat ed on a label towa rds the bottom of the libra ry on the libr ary rear pa nel. For problems that m ay be rela ted to the c omputer , refer to the host computer system do cumentatio n or libra ry app licat ion s oftware i nstruct ions. T able 3-7 T roublesho oting T abl e Pr obl em Wha t to d o Lib rary wil l not po we r on. ⢠M ake sure the powe r cord conne ctions are tight. ⢠M ak e s u r e th e po w er sw it ch is sw i tc h ed on . ( Th e p ow e r swi tch i s lo cate d on t he li brary control pane l.) ⢠M ake sure t he powe r outlet is ope ratin g. ⢠Replac e the power c ord with a known good one . ⢠If t he li brary s til l wonât power on, call a se rvice rep r ese n ta ti v e. Power-on t est failed. DEVICE FAILED displa ys. ⢠V erify tha t all ta pe s in the bul k loa d mag azines a r e ful ly ins erted in t he maga zines, and that the magazin es are se cur ely locke d int o position in s ide th e tape li br ary . ⢠Press the power swit c h of f and t hen on agai n. (Se e the cau tio n note at the e nd of thi s t abl e.) ⢠I f the powe r -on test continu es to fail, pres s ENTE R , wr i te d own the displa yed e rror cod e, a nd call a se rvice represe n tativ e for assist anc e.
3-39 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary T r o ubl es hoo ting L ibrary Operat ion DEVICE FAILED displa ys. Hardware E rror #61 (Externa l SCSI cables ) is re ported . ⢠M ake sure th at only one SCSI devi ce type (singl e- ended OR d if fer ent ial) exi s ts o n th e SCSI b u s . ⢠V er if y tha t th e libr ar y SCSI s el ector s wit ch is set co rrec tl y ( eithe r sin gle-en ded or diff erenti al). ⢠V er ify that th e m od e switc h ter minat ion is s et corre ct ly . Th e lib r ary â s pow er f aile d whil e a cartr idge wa s i n the drive and did not return to t he dri ve status indi c ator s (" r ea d y " st at e) af te r th e pow e r came back on. ⢠Pre ss the pow er s wit ch of f and t hen o n a gai n. ( See the cau tio n note at the e nd of thi s t abl e.) ⢠If the power -on test is unsucces s ful, swi tc h off the powe r . Ca ll a s erv ic e r ep r ese n ta ti v e f or ass is t an c e . No displ ay m ess ages appear . ⢠Make sure the power cord is conne cted. ⢠M ak e s u r e th e po w er sw it ch is o n. ⢠P ow er c y cl e th e l ib rar y . ( See t he c au t io n n o te at t he e nd o f t his table .) ⢠If t here is s till no d ispla y , ca ll a servi ce r epre sent a tive for ass ist anc e. Pr obl em Wha t to d o
3-40 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry T r o ubl es hoo ting An error message is received afte r bulk l oading ta pe c artrid ges. ⢠V e rif y t h at ca r tri d g es are in se r ted i n to t h e ma ga zin e in t he corre ct orie nta tion. (Se e âLoad ing T ape Cart ridges Into the Libra ryâ on page 3-15.) ⢠V erify tha t the cor rect ta pe type is us ed. (See âChoosi ng T ape Cartrid gesâ on page 2-3.) ⢠If the light b ar on the dis play pa nel is orange , cyc le power to t he li brar y a nd t r y t o l oad the maga zi ne ag ain whe n th e d riv e n umb ers and status indi cato rs are displ ayed. (See th e cau tio n note at the e nd of thi s t abl e.) â¢I f SECURITY ENABLED dis plays, a se curity opt ion ha s b ee n set tha t prev ent s cart rid ges f r o m bein g load ed in to or r em oved fr om the lib rary . Se e âSe tting Con figur at ion Optio nsâ on page 3-25. â¢I f TRANSPORT FULL displ ays, the ca rt ridge tra nsport me ch ani sm alr ea dy co n tain s a ta p e ca rtr idg e . R ef er to t h e h o s t docu me ntati on or ca ll a serv ic e r ep resen tativ e to r em ove th e cartri dge fr om th e transport . â¢I f a LOAD ERROR or FAILED messag e stil l displ ays, this coul d indi cate a l ibrary failur e; cal l a s ervi ce repre sentat ive for assist anc e. Change d dr ive addre ss but t he ne w address is not recogni zed. T ry rebooti ng the hos t computer . Some comput ers requ ire this for th e new ad d r ess to b e r ecog n ized. (S ee the ca ut ion not e at the end of th is tabl e. ) Cannot rememb er the admini strati on menu password . First , try the def ault pass word (000 -000-0 00). If the defaul t is not acc ept ed , ca ll a se rvic e rep rese nta tive for as si stanc e. Attem pte d to open the front ac ce ss door , b ut a RESERVED me ssa ge displ ay s. ⢠The host m ay have res erved an eleme nt and must unreserve it. Refe r to the hos t sy st em docume ntati on to unre s erve a ta p e. ⢠A securit y con figur ati on was set to preve nt cartr idge r emoval. See SECURE ON/OFF i n t he li s t of configura tions f ound in âSett ing Configu ra t ion Opt ions â on page 3-25. St arted a test a nd need to st op. Press CA NCEL . Th e current tes t loop con tin ues unti l finis h e d, th en the test stops. Pr obl em Wha t to d o
3-41 Ope r at in g t he L ibr ary T r o ubl es hoo ting L ibrary Operat ion CAUTIO N Do not pr es s the li brary power s wit ch until all SCSI per ipherals conne cted to host are s hut down. Pr essing t he po wer button when the SCSI s ystem i s act ive ca n ca us e data los s a nd/or p roblem s wit h the SCSI inter face. DO INVENTORY TEST displ ays (in iti al iz e el emen t stat us). ⢠Power c ycle the li brar y by pre ssi ng the power swit ch of f a nd t hen on agai n. (See th e cauti on note at the end of this ta b le .) ⢠Run the INVENTORY CHECK test u nde r t he TEST * menu. C annot writ e to th e ta pe. ⢠Chec k the host f ile s yst em a ccess perm issio ns. ⢠Check the write -protec t tab on the cart ridge to ass ure wri te-en abl ed s ta t u s . ⢠Check the appl icati on s oftware. Cann ot read the tape . ⢠Check the ho st f ile s ystem a ccess permis sions . ⢠V er if y tha t th e cor r ec t tape typ e is us ed (See âCho osing T ape Cartrid gesâ on page 2-3.) ⢠Check the appl icati on s oftware. Pr obl em Wha t to d o
3-42 Ope r at in g t he Li bra ry T r o ubl es hoo ting
A-1 Supplies & Supp ort A Supplies and Cust omer Supp ort
A-2 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Ov erv iew Over view This ap pe nd ix cove rs: ⢠sup plie s and acc esso r ies ( pag e A-3) ⢠HP c ustomer support information (page A -6)
A-3 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Sup plies a nd Acc esso ries Supplies & Supp ort Supplies and Ac cessories A full r ange of sup plies may b e orde red t hrough a Hewle tt-Pack ard au thorize d deal er , sa le s offi ce, or through HP Dir ect. T o cont act HP Direc t, cal l 1- 800-22 7-8164 or write to HP Direct at the foll owing address : HP Direct Hewle tt- P ack ard at tn: M a il O rd e r P . O . Bo x 1145 Ro se vi lle, CA 9567 8 Call 1 -800-752-090 0 fo r the locati on of t he ne arest authori zed H ewlett -Pac kard de aler . T able A-1 Basic Sup plies a nd A ccessories It em Par t Num ber Bul k Lo ad Magazine 5- sl ot removabl e m aga zine wit h 5 HP DL T tape IV cartrid ges C5148 F 5- sl ot removabl e m aga zine, empty C5149F T ape Ca r tridges HP DL T T ape IV Dat a Cartridge with 35 Gby te/20 Gb yte Nati ve Capac it y C5141 F HP DL T T a pe II I XT Da ta C artridge with 15 Gbyt e nati ve capa ci ty C5141 A Cl eaning T a pe Car tridge C5142 A
A-4 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Sup plies an d Ac ces sori es Ba r C o d e Labels Bar Code l abe ls are not av ailab le through Hewle tt- Pack ard, but may be ord ered throu gh othe r com p a n ie s (se e s am ple la b e ls sh ip p e d in th e ac ce sso r ie s kit). W hen orde ring, make s ure t he bar c ode l abels meet the fo ll o win g s pe c if ic at i on s: Mes s ag e: 6 - c har ac te r ( 2 a lp h a, 4 nu m eri c) Dime ns ions: 2.2 in. x .82 in. Symbol ogy: code 39 wit hout c heck digit S tar t/ St op Char ac te r s : */* Narrow Bar: 0.014 in. Rati o: 2: 5:1 Print Qual ity: ANSI Grade âAâ N/A SCSI Cables (68-pin to 68-pin) .9 m (2.9 ft) SCSI cab le, high -densi ty wit h thumb scre ws to h igh- density with t humb sc rews, m -m C291 1A 2.5 m (8.2 ft) SCSI cable, high-den s ity wit h thumb screws to h igh- density with t humb sc rews, m -m C2924 A or D3636A 10 m (32.8 ft) S CS I ca ble, hig h-de nsity with thu m b sc rews to high densit y w ith thumb s crews, m-m C2925 A 20 m (65.6 ft) S CS I ca ble , high-de nsity with thu mb sc rews to high densit y w ith thumb screws, m-m C2926 A Jum per cabl e: 0 .16 m SCSI cabl e; wid e hig h-dens ity wit h t hum b sc r ews to hig h-density with thu m b scre ws, m-m C5172 -61606 Mounting Ki ts Rack mount ing kit for mo unti ng int o a stan dard 19-inc h rack C5157 F It em Par t Num ber
A-5 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Sup plies a nd Acc esso ries Supplies & Supp ort Drive Upgrade K its DL T 4000 - 1 Drive upgrad e kit (upgra des 41 15 to 4215) C5174 F DL T 7000 - 1 Drive upgrad e/convers io n kit (upg rade s 71 15 to 7215; co nve rts 4x15 to 71 15) C5174 J Us erâ s G uide (re placem ent/a ddition al) C5173-90000 It em Par t Num ber
A-6 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Hewle tt-Packar d Custome r Suppo rt If a DL T librar y fai ls durin g the warra nty period , and the troubl e shoo ting guide and use r ma nual does not s olve the pr oble m, you can recei ve suppo rt by doin g the fo llowi ng: ⢠Consul t HP F IRST or QUICK F AX for fa xback s ervic es. See â HP FIRST/ QUICK F AX Faxb ack Se rvicesâ on pa ge A-6. ⢠Cons ul t one of th e comp ut er/mo dem co n n ectiv ity se rvic es ava il abl e, suc h as Americ a Onli ne or CompuSer ve . See âElec tron ic Support S erv icesâ on pag e A-9. ⢠Consul t one of the cust om er su pport center s in your area for stan dard or post warrant y wor k. See âCusto mer Support Cent ersâ on page A-10. If the li brary fail s after the warran ty period, contact your autho r iz ed HP deal er/di stribu tor or the near est HP s ale s and servi ce offi c e. Cust om ers in the US and Europe can also us e a cre dit c ard for phone assis tance. HP FIRST/QUICK F AX F axback Services QUICK F AX and HP FIRS T ar e autom ated systems that fax r e queste d pr oduct inform ation and/o r t echnica l su pport do cuments t o you. T hese f axback servic es are avai lable 24 h ours/day . T o use thi s service, di al the a ppropri ate fax number bel ow for your country from a touc h-ton e phone . Fol low the voic e prompts to selec t an index of avai la ble supp ort and produ ct document s. NOTE Rem ember to dial the count ry code befor e the se numbers.
A-7 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Supplies & Supp ort Asia-P ac ific Aust ralia (03) 9272 26 27 Ch ina (8161 0) 6 5055280 Hon g Kong 800-7 729 In dia (01 1) 622 6420 In donesia 6221- 350-3408 Ja pan (3) 3335- 8622 Korea (02) 769- 0543 Mala ysia 800-161 1 New Zeala nd (09) 356 664 2 Phi lippine s 636-8 67-3551 Sin gapore (65) 291- 7951 T aiwan (02) 719 558 9 Thai la nd (02) 661 401 1 V ietnam 001- (84) 82 3-4530
A-8 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Europe Aust ria 06 60 63 86 Belg ium, Dutc h 0800 1 1906 Belg ium, Fr en ch 0800 170 43 Denmar k 800 1045 3 Fin land 0800 131 34 Fra nce 05 90590 0 Germany 0130 810 061 Irela nd 01 662 5525 Ital y 1678 590 20 Nethe rlands 06 022 2420 Norway 800 1 1319 Port ugal 01 441 7199 Spa in 900 9931 23 Swe den 020 7957 43 Swit zerla nd, German 0800 55 1527 Swit zerla nd, Fre nch 0800 55 1526 Unite d Kingdo m 0800 960 271 Ot her lo catio ns i n Europe 31 20 681 5792 North and South Ame ri ca (inclu de s Canada) (8 00) 368-96 73 or (970) 635- 1510 Other Countrie s (9 70) 635-15 10
A-9 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Supplies & Supp ort Electr onic S upport Services For 24-h our ac cess to inform at ion over your modem: On -line Se rv ice Pr ovide r s T echnic a l informa ti on i s avai lable on Comp uS erve and America Online . He w l e t t- Pa c kar d W e b Si t e Prod uct a nd s upport i nformatio n is a vaila ble o n the Hewlett-P ackard web s ite: Supp ort an d Pro duct i nformatio n: http:/ /www . hp.c om/go/ta pe Global sup port: htt p:/ /gl obals upt. mayfi el d.hp. com/ Ser v ic e Pro vi d e r Des c ri p t io n Ad dres s CompuServe T o downloa d softwa re, firm wa re, and s upport docum ents, and t o discus s issues in us er forum s . GO HPSYS Ameri ca Onlin e T o do wnload s oftwa re, f irmware, and s upport docum ents, and t o discus s issues in us er forum s . GO HPSTOR
A-10 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Cu st om er Su pp o r t C e nt ers NOTE Co nta ct the cu stomer s uppor t c ente r in your area for technic al assi stance du ring the warran ty of your product . North and South Ame ri ca (inclu de s Canada) Monday - Friday , 6am - 6pm MST HP Colorado T ape Drive and SureS tore CD drive rs ( 970) 635-1 500 DL T T ape Drives (970) 635- 1000 European Cus tomer Support Centers Mon day - Frida y , 8:30 - 18:00 (C. E. T ) NOTE Lang uage or country s upport mi ght not be avail abl e for all produ cts. Aust ria 06 60 63 86 Belg ium, Dutc h 02 626 8806 Belg ium, Fr en ch 02 626 8807 Denmar k 3929 409 9 Fin la nd 0203 47 288 Fra nce 01 43 62 34 34 Germany 0180 52 58 143 Irela nd 01 662 5525 Ital y 02 264 10350 Nethe rlands 020 606 8751 Norway 22 1 1 629 9 Port ugal 7095 923 50 01 Spa in 902 321 123 Swe den 08 619 2170 Swit zerland 0848 80 1 1 1 1 Unite d Kingdo m 0800 960 271
A-1 1 Su pp lies a nd C ust om er Sup port Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt Supplies & Supp ort Asia-P ac ific Aust ralia 64 (0) 3 9282 80 00 Ch ina 85 (0) 10 650 5 3888 Hon g Kong 85 (0) 2 2802 4098 800 96 7729 In dia 91 (0) 1 1 682 6035 In donesia 62 (0) 21 350 34 08 Ja pan 81 (0) 3 3335 8333 Korea 82 (0) 2 3270 0700 Outsid e Seoul: 080 999 0700 Mala ysia 60 (0) 3 295 2566 New Z ealand 64 (0) 9 356 6640 Phi li ppines 63 2 867 3551 Sin gapore 65 (0) 272 53 00 T aiwan 886 (0 ) 2 717 00 55 Thai land 66 (0) 2 661 401 1 Else whe r e Co nta ct your aut hori zed HP dealer /d istribut or or the ne are st HP sales and ser vice of fi ce.
A-12 Sup pli es a nd Cust omer Supp ort Hewlett-P acka rd Custo mer Su ppo rt T elephone S upport After W arran ty Befor e Calling Before ca lling, pleas e co mplete the f oll owing informat ion so tha t you wil l have it read y for the suppo rt cente r repr esentat ive: ⢠Seri al nu m ber of p roduct __________ ______ ____ ⢠Brand and model of hos t computer ____ ____________ ________ ⢠V ersion of s oftware use d; dri ver sel ec te d ______ ____________ _____ _ US and Canada Usin g a VISA or Master Ca rd, call one of the fol lowing: ⢠(800) 810 -0130: Pe r inc ident fe e of $25.00 will be cha r ged to the credi t card. ⢠(900) 555- 1800: $2.50 pe r mi nute wi th a maxim um of $25. 00 will be char ged t o th e cr ed i t ca r d. Europe Call t he appropr iate num ber l isted under â European Cust omer S upport Cent ersâ on page A-10. A per incide nt fee wi ll be char ged for after -wa rrant y supp ort. Plea s e have a cred it card, PO numbe r, or b ill ing number addr ess ready . Else whe r e Co nta ct your aut hori zed HP dealer /d istribut or or the ne are st HP sales and ser vice of fice f or aft er-wa rranty support. HP Re s e l ler Lo ca t or N umb ers US (800) 752 -0900 Cana da (800) 387 -3867 Mexic o and South Ameri ca (305) 267-4220
B-1 Safety and Regulatory B Safety and Regul at ory Information
B-2 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Ov erv iew Over view This se ctio n cont ains impo r tant sa fety a nd regu latory i nform ation fo r the Unit ed Stat es, Finlan d, Sw eden , Europ ean Unio n, and Jap an.
B-3 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on S afety Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory Safety I nformation Laser S a f ety W ARNING Do not attempt to disable th e interlo cks or open the servi ce pane ls while libr ary powe r is turned on. If the libra ry is opera ting wi th the se rvice panels removed, or with fe wer t han three magazines inser ted an d the door is o p en, you can be expo sed to Class II laser light emitted from the bar code reader . CDR H Re gul ati ons (U SA On ly ) The Center for D ev i ces and Ra di ol ogic al H ea lth ( CDRH) of th e U .S. Food and Drug Administr ation imp le mented r egul a tion s for l ase r products on August 2, 1976 . The se reg ulatio ns ap ply to lase r p rodu cts m anufac ture d from Au gus t 1, 1 976. Compl i a nce i s mandat ory for product s marketed in the Unit ed Stat es . The labe ls and art wo rk show n be low indic a te comp liance with C DR H r egul atio ns and mu st be at tach ed to laser produ cts mark eted in th e United S tate s . W ARNING Use of c o nt ro ls, ad ju s t m ent s or p erfo rm ing pr oce d u res othe r than th os e sp ec i fie d in t hi s ma nu al m ay r esu lt in haz ar dou s la s e r ra d i a t i o n e x po s ur e . Lase r Clas s Informatio n : A black on yello w labe l tha t reads, âClass 1 Lase r Prod uctâ p rinte d in En gli sh, Fr ench , Ge rm an, Fin nis h, Ja p anese , and Span ish. Complie s with 21 CFR Chapter 1 Subch apter J.
B-4 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on Reg ula tor y Infor ma tio n
B-5 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on Re gu lato ry Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory Declarati on of Con form ity
B-6 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on United Kin gdom T elecom municat ion s Act 1984 The di git a l line ar tape libra ries are a pprove d under Approva l Number NS/G/ 1234/J /100 003 fo r ind irect connec tio n to Pu bli c T elecommuni cati on Syste ms withi n t he Uni ted Ki ngdom. Herstel lerbesch einigu ng Dies e Info rmation steh t im Zusammenhang mit den Anfo rder ungen der Mas chinenlär n i nformation sve rordnung vom 18 Jan uar 199 1. Sc hal ldruckpe ge l Lp < 70 dB( A) ⢠am a rbe itsp latz ⢠normal er be tri eb ⢠nach ISO 7779: 1988 /EN 27779:1 991 (T yp prüfun g) English T ranslation of Ger man Sound Emis sion Dir ect ive This sta tement is provided to c omply with t he re quiremen ts of the German S ound Emis si on Directive , from 18 January 1991. Soun d press ure Lp < 70 dB(A) ⢠at opera tor posi tio n ⢠normal operati on ⢠accor ding to ISO 7779 : 1988/ EN 27779: 1991 (ty pe tes t)
B-7 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on Re gu lato ry Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory T u rvalli suus yht eenveto Lase rturval lisuu s LUOKAN 1 L ASERLAITE KLASS 1 L ASER APP ARA T HP DL T T ape L ibrary -nauha m uis tiasemat ovat käyt täjän kanna lta turval lisia l uokan 1 laser laitt eita . Nauh amuist iase m ien sisä lle asen nettu las ersädet tä kä yttäv ä vi ivakood inlukij a ei norm aaliss a kä ytössä aihe uta vaaraa kä yttä jäll e. Lai tteid en turval lisu usluok ka on määr ite tt y stand ardin EN 60825 -1 ( 1994) muka isest i. VA R O I T U S ! Lai ttee n k äyt tämi nen muull a kui n k äyt töo h je essa main itulla tav alla saatt aa alt ista a käyt täjän t urva lli s uusluo kan 1 ylitt äväll e la sersät eilyl le. V ARNING ! Om apparat en använ ds pÃ¥ annat s ätt än i bruksa nvi sning s pec if ic er a ts, kan anvä ndaren utsä ttas för las e rstrÃ¥ lni ng som övers krid er gräns en för laserk lass 1. HUOL T O HP DL T T ape Libr ary -na uhamui s tias emie n sis äl lä ei ole käyt täjän hu oll ettav issa ol evia ko hteit a. La ittee n saa ava ta ja huo lta a aino asta an sen huol tamis een ko ulut ettu henki lö. Na uhamu isti as em a n sis ä lle ase nnet tua v iiv ako odinluki jaa ei tule avat a ei kä pu rkaa h uoltoto imenp iteide n yht eydess ä. VA R O ! Nauha muistia seman suoj akotel on oll essa a vat tuna saat at altis tua lase rs ätei lyl le vi ivakood inlukij an t oimie ssa. Ãlä t uijota s äte eseen. V ARNING ! När s kydds höljet av m agne tbandsta tione n är öppnad, kan använda ren ut sättas för las erstrÃ¥l ning d Ã¥ s treckkodlä sare är i funkt ion. Stirra ej in i strÃ¥le n. T i edo t viivako odin lukija ssa käyt et tävän la serd iodi n säte il yomina isuuksi sta: Aall onpit uus675 nm T eho0,5 mW T ur vallis uusluokk a Luoka n 2 l aser
B-8 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on English T ranslation of Finnish Regulatory Inform ation LASER SAFE TY S UMMA R Y LASER SAFETY CLASS 1 LA SER PRODUCT (The same text in Swedis h) HP DL T T ape Librar y Systems are for user safe c lass 1 la ser product s. In nor mal use the las er ba r code re ader inst alle d inside the tape libra ry uni ts d oesnâ t cause any ha zar d to th e user . The l ase r sa f ety cl as s o f th e li b rar ie s w as def ine d i n ac co r dan c e w ith t he s t and a rd EN 60 825-1 (19 94). W A RNING! The use of t he produc t othe rwise than s pe cifie d i n t he us erâ s manua l m ay e xpos e the use r to la ser radiat ion exceed ing safety c lass 1. (THE SAME W ARNING IN S WEDISH ) SER VIC E Ther e are no user se rvic eable par ts ins id e the HP DL T T ape Libr ary un its . The DL T un its can be serviced only by qualifie d service personn el. The lase r bar code reade r ins talle d ins ide the libr ary uni ts sh all not be opene d or dis as s embled duri ng service . W A RNING! If the enc lo sure of the tape lib ra ry unit is ope ned, you may be ex pos ed to laser radia tion when t he ba r code read er is ope rat ing. Do nâ t stare into the bea m. (THE SAME W ARNING IN S WEDISH ) The in formation a bout the rad iatio n char acte ris tics of the lase r di ode use d in the laser bar code rea der : W avelen gth6 75 nm Power0,5 mW L ase r s af et y c la ssC la ss 2 la ser
B-9 S afety a nd Reg ulat ory In fo rmati on Re gu lato ry Info rma tion Safety and Regulatory Japanese VCCI S tatem ent English T ranslation of Japanese VCCI S t atement This equ ipmen t is in the Class B cat egory infor m ati on technol ogy e quip me nt bas e d on the rules o f V oluntary C ontr ol Coun cil Fo r Inter ference by Informatio n T echnol ogy Equipmen t (VCCI). Altho ugh aimed for resid entia l area operat ion, radio i nte rference may be cause d when used ne ar a radio or TV re ce iver . Read the ins tructions for c orrect o peration.
B-10 Safet y an d Re gula to ry Inform atio n Reg ulator y In form ati on
C-1 T ap eAlert Messa ges C T apeAlert Messa ges
C-2 T a pe A l ert M es sage s Ov erv iew Over v iew This sec tion cont ains in form ation on T a peAler t, a diagn ostic t ool that moni t ors the driv eâ s operatio ns, checks media inte gr i t y , a nd send me ssag e s via your back up so ftwar e to warn yo u of ex istin g o r pot ential prob lems.
C-3 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges T apeA ler t Me ssag es an d D escr ipti ons Ther e are t hree t ypes of me ssages, lis ted in or der of severi ty . They are information (I), warni n g (W), a nd Crit i cal (C). Information mess ages explain a diagn o stic situ ation . W arning m ess ages ap pear when da ta may be los t. Critica l mess age s d escribe the most s e vere situ ations , and require im m e diate attenti on. T a ble C-1 T apeAlert T ape Error Messages No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on 1R e a d Wa r n i n g W T he ta p e is ha vin g proble ms read in g d ata. No data has been los t, bu t th ere has been a reductio n in the per formance of the tape. Bac k up inf o rma tion o n to anot her tape and disca rd the def ec tive t ape. If t he proble m per sis ts, call the tape driv e suppl ie r helplin e . 2W r i t e Wa r n i n g W The tape drive is havi ng proble ms wr itin g d ata. No data has been los t, bu t th ere has been a reductio n in the ca p acity of the tap e . Bac k up inf o rma tion o n to anot her tape and disca rd the def ec tive t ape. If t he proble m per sis ts, call the tape driv e suppl ie r helplin e . 3 H a rd Er ror W The operation h as stop ped becau se an err or has occu rred whi le rea ding or writin g da ta w hich th e dr i ve can no t cor r ect . Bac k up inf o rma tion o n to anoth er tape a nd try th e operation again. If the proble m per sis ts, call the tape driv e suppl ie r helplin e . 5 Read Failure C T he ta pe is dam aged or th e driv e is fault y . Call the ta pe driv e sup p lier he lplin e . Eject t he tape and inspect for d a mage. Insert a n ew tape and try opera tion again.
C-4 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s 6W r i t e Failur e C T he tap e is from a fa ulty bat ch or th e tape drive i s faulty: 1. Use a good tape to test th e drive. 2. If the p roblem pers i s ts, cal l the ta pe driv e suppli er h e lpline . Eject t he tape and inspect for d a mage. Insert a n ew tape and try opera tion again. 9W r i t e Prot ec t C Y ou are trying to wr ite t o a writ e-protec ted cart ridge. Remove t he writ e-protec tion o r use anothe r tape. Insert a n ew tap e an d tr y operatio n ag ain. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 10 No Removal I Y ou cannot eje ct the c a rt rid g e be cau se the t ape is in us e. W a it unt il the operatio n is comple t e befo re ej ecti ng the c a rtri dge . If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 11 C l e a n i n g Media I T he t ape in th e dr ive is a clea n i ng ca rt rid g e. If yo u want to ba ck up or restor e, inse rt a da ta-grade tape. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-5 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges 20 Clean Now C The tape drive needs clea n ing : 1. If the operati on has st opped, ejec t t h e t ape and c lean the driv e. 2. If the operati on has not stopp e d, wait for it to fi ni s h a n d t h en cl ea n th e dri v e. Chec k th e tape drive us er s manu al for dev ice sp e cific c l eani ng i nst ru ct i o n s. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 22 Exp ire d Cleani n g Media C T he l ast cl ean i ng c art rid ge us ed i n t h e t a p e d r i v e ha s wor n out: 1. Di sca rd the wo rn ou t cle an ing c a rt rid g e. 2. W ai t f o r t he cu rr en t ope r ation to fini sh. 3. Then use a new clean i ng c a rtri dge . W ait fo r th e cu rr ent operatio n to finish be fore discar ding t he cart ridge. If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-6 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s T a ble C-2 T apeAlert Library Error Messages 31 Ha rd wa re B C T he t ap e d ri ve h as a ha rdw a re f a ult : 1. T ur n th e tape drive of f and then on again. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . 3. If the p roblem pers is ts, cal l the ta pe driv e suppli er h e lpline . Chec k th e tape drive us er s manu al for dev ice sp e cific ins t ru ct i on s o n t ur ni n g t he devic e power on an d off. Po w er of f the t ape dri ve and attem p t th e ope rati on again. 32 Inte r face W The tape dri ve has a proble m with t he h o st int erface: 1. Ch eck th e c ables and ca ble co nnecti on s. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . If the proble m p ers ists , call the tape drive su ppli er helplin e . 34 Do wn lo ad Fai l W The fir mwar e h as f ailed becau se you hav e trie d to us e th e in co rr e ct fi rm w a re for this ta pe driv e . Obta in th e corr ec t f i rm w are a nd try a gain . Call the tap e dr ive s upp lier helplin e for m ore infor matio n. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-7 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on 1 Ha rdwa re A C T he l ibrary me chanis m is hav ing dif fic ulty c ommun ica ti ng wi th the dri v e. 1. T urn the li b ra ry of f th e n on. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . 3. If the p roblem pers is ts, call th e librar y suppli er helplin e . Inspe ct th e lib rary t o mak e sure a ll c able and p ower con ne ct ion s are se cu re a nd ta p e s in se rt e d co r rec t ly . 2 Hardware B W Th ere i s a pro b lem with the library me chan ism . If the proble m per sis ts, call the library s upplie r he lplin e. Inspe ct th e lib rary t o mak e su re a ll c onn ectio n s a re secu re and tap e s ins ert ed cor re ct ly . 3 Ha rdwa re C C T he library has a hard ware fault: 1. Re set th e libr ary . 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . Check the li brary user s manu al for dev ice sp e cific ins tru cti ons o n re se tt in g the de vic e. If the proble m p ers ists , call the libr ary s upp lier helplin e .
C-8 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s 4 Ha rdwa re D C T he library has a hard ware fault: 1. T urn the li b ra ry of f an d th en on again. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . 3. If the p roblem pers is ts, call th e librar y suppli er helplin e . Check the li brary user s manu al for dev ice sp e cific ins t ru ct i on s o n t ur ni n g t he devic e power on an d off. Inspe ct th e lib rary t o mak e sure all con ne ct i on s are secu re and tap e s ins ert ed cor re ct ly . 6L i b r a r y Interface C The librar y has a probl em wit h the ho st int erf ace: 1. Ch eck th e c ables and ca ble co nnecti on s. 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . If the proble m p ers ists , call the libr ary s upp lier helplin e . 13 L ibrary Pick Retr y W The re is a poten tial proble m with a dr ive ejec ting c artridges short or wit h t he lib rar y m echa nism pick in g a cart rid ge f ro m a slot. This war nin g is for infor matio n pur pos es on ly . No act ion n eeds to be ta ken at this time . If the probl em persis ts, call the tap e drive suppli er h e lpline . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-9 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges 14 L ibrar y Plac e Retr y W The re is a poten tial proble m with t he l ibra ry mech anism placing a c a rt ridg e int o a slot . Thi s warnin g is f or info rmat io n p ur p os es on l y . N o a c ti o n need s to be take n at this time . If the pr ob lem persis ts, call the tap e drive suppli er h e lpline . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. 15 L ibrary Lo a d R etry W The re is a poten tial prob l em with a dri ve or t he library me chan ism load ing c a rt ridg es, o r a n inco m patible car tr idge . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. Ins pect the cartr i dge to veri fy co mp atibil ity . Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e if pro blem s pers ist. 16 L ibrary D oor C The op era tion has failed bec ause th e libr ary door is ope n : 1. C l ear a ny obs tru cti on s from t he li brary door . 2. Ejec t any mag azine and then in sert it again. 3. I f th e fa ul t d o es n ot cl ea r , tu rn t he l ib rary off an d th en on again. 4. If the p roblem pers i s ts, call th e librar y suppli er helplin e . Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-10 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s 17 L ibrar y Mailslo t C T here is a mec han ica l proble m with t he l ibra ry media imp o rt/e x port ma il slo t. Ins pect the l ibrary to see if an y vis i ble pr o b l e m s e x i st . In sert a car tri dge a nd t ry the oper ation again. Call the libr ary s upp lier helplin e . 18 L ibrary Magazine C T he l ibrary canno t o perate wit ho ut th e mag a zine . 1. Inse rt th e maga z ine into the libr ary . 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . Re f e r to userâ s manu al f or library op erat ion ins tru cti ons ab o ut ins ertin g m agaz i ne s. Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e . 20 L ibrary Se cu ri t y Mode I T he s e curity mo de of the libra ry has be e n cha nge d . The l i b rary has ei t her be en put i nto se cur e m ode, or th e lib rary has exited t he sec ure mod e. This i s f or infor matio n pur pos es on ly . No action is requ ire d. Check the user â s manual to veri fy l ibrary con figur ation . 21 L ibrary Off-line I The l ibrary has bee n manu a lly tu rn e d o ff-l ine and is unavai lable for use. Po w er th e lib rary on to u se. 22 L ibrary Drive Off-line I A drive ins id e the libr ar y has be en tak en o ff -line . This is fo r info rma tio n p ur p os es on l y . N o a c ti o n i s req u ire d . If drive is desired for use, powe r the libr ary on . No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-1 1 T ape A ler t Messa ges T apeAl ert Mess ag es an d Des cri pt ion s T ap eAlert Messa ges 23 L ibrar y Scan Re try I T here is a pote n tial prob l em with the barcode lab el or t he sc anner ha rdwa re in th e li b r ary mechan i sm. Ejec t th e t ape an d ver ify tha t the barc o de label is in plac e and u ndamaged. Inser t the tape and retry th e operati on. Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e . 24 L ibrary Inventor y C Th e l ibr ary has det ecte d an inco nsi ste nc y in its inv ento ry . 1. Red o th e li brary in ven to ry to co rrect inco nsi stenc y . 2. Re sta rt the oper ation . Chec k th e applic atio ns us ers m a nu a l or t he har dwar e us ers ma nu al fo r specific i nst ructio n s on redoing t he li brary inv entory . Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e if pro blem s pers ist. 25 L ibrary Illegal Opera tion W A l ibrary op eration h as been atte m pte d that is inva lid at this time. Call the libr ary supp lie r helplin e if pro blem s pers ist. No. Flag Ty p e D ispl ay ed Messa ge A ddi tion al Ac ti on In fo rm a ti on
C-12 T a pe A l ert M es sage s T ap eAle r t M e ss age s an d D e sc ript ion s
Glossar y-1 Glossary Glo ssary A au toch an ger . See tape l ibrary . au toch an ger co nt r oller . The par t of t he li brar y that con tro ls th e sendin g and re c ei ving of SCSI com m a n d s a nd co nt ro l s the p i ck e r . B bulk lo ad magazine. See ma gazin e. C cartrid ge . A plastic enclos ure tha t conta i ns th e digit a l line ar tape. The tape is never removed from t he ca rtridge. cl eani ng c ar trid g e. A s pecial tap e car tri dge th at i s u se d to c lea n digi tal linear t ape dri v es. co ntr ol pa nel . The part of t he library th at is us ed to mana ge and display librar y f unc tio n s. D dig ita l linea r tape . D igit al li ne ar tape (DL T) drive s read an d write data to dig ital lin ea r tape in straigh t trac k s that run th e full leng th o f the tape. Th e read/ wr ite head m ove s verti cally to r ead from or write to the tr acks o n the tap e. dr iver. A program that allow s th e oper atin g sys te m to comm u nic a te with a peripher al device. E el ement . A S CSI ter m for any one of the autoc hanger c omponents-- dri ve, stor age slot s , or pick er . J j u kebox. S ee tape lib rary . L li b ra r y . Se e ta pe l ibr ary . LAN. Local Area Net work. A gr ou p of co m p u t er s a n d peri pherals physicall y connec ted so u ser s c an sh are har dwar e an d soft wa re r eso ur ces. M magazi ne. A r emovable pa rt of the libr ary u se d t o in se rt, r em ove, and s tore tape ca rtridges i n th e library .
Gloss ary- 2 Gloss ary P pe ripher al devic e . A pr oduct us ed in con jun ct io n with a comp ut er , th at is p hys icall y separa te but that is u nde r the comp ut er âs contr o l. It is usu ally connec ted to the computer by ca bles or wir es . Prin te rs , di sk driv es, sc ann ers, l ibra ries, a nd mode ms are example s of peri pheral de vices . pic ker. S ee tr anspor t mec hanism. R ra ck . A c ab ine t- li ke pro duct u sed to hous e one or more computer peri pherals . Computer peripher als are moun te d to spe cial brackets o r rack sl ides w hich allo w the periphe rals to be in stalled into th e rac k . ra ck s l id es . Expan dable mech anic al dev ices th at are moun te d to a comp uter periph eral and allow th e periph eral to be ins talled into a rac k wh ich can hous e m u ltiple c o mpute r peri pheral de vic es. Th e rack slides allo w th e periph e ral to be ext ended o u t of the r a ck for serv ice . rail s. Th e ve r tical s lotte d m etal piec es at the front and bac k o f a rack use d to mou nt th e ra ck slid e s t o th e ra ck . S SCSI. An acro nym for th e Sm a ll Computer S ystems Interfa ce. slides. See rac k s lid es. st orag e sl ot. An area of the maga zi ne that ho lds c artri dg es w hen th e c artrid ges ar e not in the drive. swap. A motion that occur s when t he t ranspo rt m ech anism re places one tape cartr id ge in the drive w ith an other , re turnin g the fir st to it s sto rage sl ot.
Glossar y-3 Gloss ary Glossary T tap e l ibr ar y. A term s ynon ym ous with juk e box o r autoc han ge r . Th is ty pe of t ape stor age dev ice is often refer red t o as a âjukebox â bec a use when a file is requ es ted , the tape c artri dg e co nt a in ing th e f ile is fo und, inserted i nto t he drive, a nd the request ed i nforma t ion is sent to the ho st co mp ut er syst em . Th is is simila r to the wa y a music al ju kebox fi nd s a r ecord a nd m ove s i t t o the tu rnt abl e whe n a son g i s req u es ted . te rmin at or. A r esi stor arra y d e v i ce u s ed f o r el ec t r ica l l y termin atin g a SCSI bus. A SCSI bus m ust be t ermina ted at its tw o phy sic al ends. A peripheral device us es a termin ator o nly if i t is at th e end o f th e bus. tran sport mec hanism. Th e part of the library that trans p orts tape cart ridg es to and from storage slot s and the drive. U UP S . Unin te rrup tibl e Po we r Suppl y . A product that is used to supply pow er to comp u te r sys te m s when there is a pow e r failur e . W write -pro tect. A featur e that preve n ts d ata f rom bei ng wr itten to a tape. A write protec t ta b is loc ated on t he ta pe cartr idge t o enab l e w rite-prot ection of the tape.
Gloss ary- 4 Gloss ary
Ind e x In de x 1 A ac cessori es , A- 3 ADMIN * menu , 3-6 ent ering t he pass word , 3-9 B ba ck up soft w are , 1-27 ba r cod e label s labeling car tr idge s , 2-4 labeling m agazines , 2-5 viewing from d isplay window , 3-22 ba rcodes , vi ewi ng , 3-22 C cables ro uting , 1- 2 3 cha n g in g t he p as sw ord , 3-10 cl eaning m essag es , 2-7 c leaning the driv es , 3-23 â 3-24 cle a ra n c e , 1-3 conf igurat ion op tio ns , 3- 2 5 conf iguring the l ibrary , 3-25 co nn e ct ing th e t a pe l i bra r y , 1- 2 3 co nt ac i n g s up po r t , A-6 co nt ro l p an e l menu , 3-8 co nt ro l p an e l k e ys , 3- 3 conv entions ty po gr ap h i ca l , iv D disp la y w in dow desc r ipt ion o f , 3- 3 disp l a y win do w me ssa ge s , 3-4 drive cl eaning messa ge s , 2- 7 dri ve sta tus , 3-4 dri ve s cl eaning , 3- 2 3 â 3-24 repla cing onli ne , 3- 37 E enviro nment , 1- 3 H hos t SCSI ca r d , 1-7 I informati on logs a ccess i ng , 3-28 install ation ove r v i ew , 1- 2 in s t a l la t i on ov e r v i ew , 1-2 inte rnal te st s , 3-33 â 3-36 K keys, menu s availa ble , 3-8 L label ing tap es , 2- 4 , 2- 5 library per forma nce inf ormat ion , 3- 2 8 re mo vi n g t a pe s , 3-19 shi pping , 1-28 loading tapes , 3-15 â 3-1 8 location criteria , 1-3 M mag a zi ne s l abeling , 2-5 menu o ptions , 3-6 menu t ree , 3-8 me ss ag e s , disp la y win do w , 3-4 mo de s wit ch sett ing , 1- 2 0 mountin g the libra ry r ackmount ing ins t ructions , 1-8 moving t he libr ary , 1-28 O online drive repl acement , 3-37 onli ne sup po rt , A- 9 over view , iii P part num ber s , 1- 4 , A-3 pa rts , 1-4 addit ional co mpone nts provid ed , 1- 5 pa ssw ord , e n t eri ng , 3-9 pa ssw o r d , s ett ing , 3-10 perf ormanc e l ogs dis pl ayi ng , 3-28 powe r cabl es routi ng , 1-23 po weri ng o n , 1- 2 7 printi ng hi story , ii proble ms, t roub leshoot ing tabl e , 3-39 â 3- 42 R rack m ountin g , 1- 8 â 1- 1 9 att achi ng rack slides , 1-12 mounti ng br acket s , 1- 1 0 placing libr ary in rac k , 1- 1 7 re ar pane l , 1-6 re g ul atory i nform atio n , B-3 â B- 9 re triev ing per for mance infor mation , 3- 2 8 ro uting SCS I and power c ables , 1-23 S safet y an d regul atory infor mation , B-3 â B-9 S CSI a dd res se s setti ng , 3-1 1 â 3-13 viewing current , 3- 14 SCSI bus hos t adapte r , 1-7 SCSI bus st atus indicat ors , 3-14 S CSI c abl e s routi ng , 1-23 S CSI i nte r fa ce m ode s w itc h
2 Index Ind e x set tin g , 1-20 S CSI P CA stat us indic ations, lis ting of , 3-14 se cu r i ty co d e, set ti n g , 3-23 sett i ng S CSI I Ds , 3-1 1 â 3- 1 3 set ting the mode switch , 1-20 shi pp ing t he libr ary , 1- 28 stat us, d rive , 3-4 sup p lies , A-3 supp o rt , A-6 tel e ph on e , A-12 sup port cent er s , A-10 T tap e dr i v e s cl eaning , 3-2 3 â 3-24 tape li brary cl earance , 1- 3 co nnecting , 1-23 moving , 1-28 Ta p e A l e r t messag es , C-3 â C-1 1 Ta p e A s s u r e , 1-27 tap es ch oosing , 2-3 eje cti ng , 3-19 lab eling , 2- 4 maint enanc e of , 2- 9 wri te-pr otecti ng , 2-8 tape s, u nloading , 3-19 â 3- 21 te mp e ra t ur e oper ating , 1- 3 top-leve l menus , 3-6 troub leshooting , 3-39 â 3- 42 ty pe s tyl es in this book , iv U unl oading t apes , 3-19 â 3-21 unpac king t he library , 1-4 V viewing barc odes , 3- 2 2 view i n g SCSI IDs , 3-14 vo lt a ge , 1-3